appendix 1 revised updated 21.5.14

CURRICULUM OF B.TECH MECHANICAL PROGRAM1. Introduction2. Course Structure

2.1 Batch 2012 -13 Credit Structure2.2 Batch 2012 -13 Course Outline2.3. Batch 2013-14 Credit Structure2.4 Batch 2013-14 Course Outline2.5 Batch 2014 -15 Course Outline2.6 Batch 2014 -15 Credit Structure

1. IntroductionThe School of Engineering and Technology of the Navrachana University commenced a 4 year B. Tech program in the areas of Mechanical Engineering from academic year 2012-13. The course structure for the entire duration of the program was framed and the detailed courses of study had been prepared for the first year for all the three programs in three one day workshops conducted at the University and approved by the second academic council meeting.

The present proposal is for the detailed courses of study for the first year, second year and third year (first , second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth semesters) for the program for the three batches 2012-13, 2013-14 and 2014-15. The course structure is modified with minor rearrangement of the courses without any changes in the courses already approved. Minor changes in the credit structure are also proposed where necessary. The smooth flowability of the courses in given stream of subjects is considered while making minor changes in the course structure.

As the 2012-13 batch of the program has already completed second year (first, second, third and fourth semester) during the academic year, the minor changes proposed are for third and fourth year of the course structure of 2012-13 batch. The changes in course structure proposed for the second year shall be applicable for the 2013-14 batch and overall change for first year shall be applicable for the 2014-15 batches onwards. The detailed courses of study proposed for first year, second year and third year for batches 2012-13, 2013-14 and 2014-15 batches has been proposed henceforth.

2. Course Structure

2.1 Batch 2012 -13 Credit Structure

Semester ICourse Code Course Name

Credit StructureL T P C

BE 101 Introduction to Engineering 3 0 0 3CS 101 Computer Programming & Utilization 3 0 4 5HS 101 English Communication 2 0 2 3MA 101 Mathematics – I 2 2 0 4PH 101 Physics – I 2 1 0 3ME 101 Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5PH 111 Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 13 3 12 22Semester II

MA 102 Mathematics-II 2 2 0 4CH 101 Chemistry 2 1 0 3

1 | P a g e

PH 102 Physics-II 2 1 0 3CE 101 Applied Mechanics 2 1 0 3ME 102 Thermodynamics 2 1 0 3EE 101 Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2CH 111 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5EE 111 Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5ME 111 Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5CE 111 Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1

TOTAL 12 6 11 23.5Semester III

MA 201 Mathematics-III 2 2 0 4HS 201 Introduction to Sociology 3 0 0 3ME 201 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4ME 211 Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5ME 202 Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3ME 203 Fluid Mechanics-I 2 1 0 3ME 212 Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5ME 213 Machine Drawing 0 1 3 2.5

TOTAL 12 6 9 22.5Semester IV

BY 201 Biology 3 0 0 3EC 205 Economics 3 0 0 3ME 213 Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3ME 214 Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5ME 215 Fluid Mechanics- II 2 1 0 3ME 216 Fluid Mechanics- II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5ME 210 Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4ME 212 Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I 3 0 0 3ME 211 Workshop Practices - II 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 17 2 9 23.5Semester V

HSSM-Elective I 3 0 0 3Environmental Science 2 0 0 2Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Manufacturing Technology II 3 1 0 4Manufacturing Technology II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II 3 0 0 3Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Machine Design 1 3 0 0 3

TOTAL 17 2 9 23.5Semester VI

Industrial Engineering & Operations Research 3 1 0 4Product Measurement & Quality Control - I 3 0 0 3Product Measurement & Quality Control - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3

2 | P a g e

Energy Conversion – I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Machine Design II 3 1 0 4Systems Control 3 0 0 3Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Core Elective I 3 0 0 3Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 18 2 13 28.5Semester VII

Product Measurement & Quality Control - II 3 0 0 3Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3Energy Conversion –II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Core Elective II 3 0 0 3BTP I 0 0 4 4Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 14 1 10 22.0Semester VIII

Core Elective III 3 0 0 3Core Elective IV 3 0 3 4.5Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 4.5BTP II 0 0 10 10

Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4 TOTAL 6 0 17 24.5

List of subjects for Core Elective – 1 Unconventional Manufacturing

Processes Alternate Energy Sources Vibration Engineering Design of Heat Exchangers Robotics

List of subjects offered in HSSM Elective – 1 Research Methodology Optimization Techniques

2.2 Batch 2012 -13 Course OutlineFIRST SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: Introduction to Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical: ---

Evaluation Structure:Theory: 3.0 creditsPractical : ---Total Credits : 3.0 credits

Page : 1 of 2Year of introduction : 2012-13Semester : First

Level : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Civil EngineeringIntroduction to civil engineering, role of civil engineers, basic areas in civil engineering, Building constructions, civil engineering materials: conventional and modern materials, Substructures, superstructures, disaster resistant buildings, disaster management and planning.

3 | P a g e

Unit 2 Electrical And Electronics EngineeringKirchhoff’s current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis. Star/ Delta transformations Ampere’s law, magnetic flux and flux density, magnetic field strength due to straight conductors and circular coil, magneto motive force, magnetic leakage, magnetic hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, ,Electromagnetic induction, Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law, dynamically and statically induced EMF, self and mutual inductances. Alternating voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations, average and RMS values, form factor, phase difference, power and power factor, single phase and three phase system.

Unit 3 Mechanical Engineering

Historical perspective; description of devices used in power production; energy storage and transmission; manufacturing and automation; new materials; future trends including interfacing with microprocessors, sensors, actuators, and virtual systems; demonstration and hands-on laboratory. Measurements and measuring tools, welding practice, machine tools, basic concepts and important definitions used in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, properties of steam, boilers and classification of boilers, steam engines, internal combustion engines, refrigeration systems.

Design Appreciation and AwarenessThe nature of design, Elements and principles of design, Scale in design from micro to macro, Psychology of perception, Color and its characteristics, Materials, their quality, technical, visual and tactile, Learning from nature and other experiences and using the knowledge in design, Creative problem solving.

Books

S. S. Bhavikatti: Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011 W. H. Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly and S. M. Durbin: Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7th Ed. Tata

McGraw Hill, 2010. J. A. Edminister: Electrical circuits, 2nd Ed., Schaum’s outline series, McGraw Hill, 1994. M. A. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009 Samarjit Ghosh: Network Theory, Analysis & Synthesis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009 C. L. Wadhwa: Network Analysis & Synthesis, New Age International, 2007 Jonathan Wickert: An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering

Released, 2009 Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal: Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008

certificate

Course Code: Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical: 4 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory: 3.0 creditsPractical : 2.0 creditsTotal Credits : 5.0 credits

Page : 1 of 1Year of introduction : 2012-13Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hoursBasic concepts on operating systems, developer fundamentals such as editor, integrated programming environment, UNIX shell modules, libraries

Unit – 2 10 hoursAlgorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants, variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation.

4 | P a g e

Input-output statements, statements and blocks, control statements, iterative statements, break, continue, go to and labels

Unit – 3 12 hoursDesigning structured programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions, standard library functions, recursive functions, Arrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional arrays, structure and type def.

Unit – 4 12 hoursIntroduction, OOP paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data hiding, class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer variables, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete operator.

Text Books: S. Harrington, "Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0-07-1004726. D. Rogers, J. Adams, "Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill

Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 - 07 - 048677 - 8.

Reference Books: D. Rogers, "Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication,

2001, ISBN 0 - 07 - 047371 - 4. J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, "Computer Graphics Principles and Practice", 2ndEdition, Pearson

Education, 2003, ISBN 81 - 7808 - 038 - 9. F. Hill, "Computer Graphics: Using OpenGL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003ISBN 81 - 297 -0181

- 2. D. Hearn, M. Baker, "Computer Graphics - C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,2002, ISBN 81 -

7808 - 794 - 4.

Course Code: Course Title: English Communication

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical:2 hours per week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 2.0 creditsPractical : 1.0 creditsTotal Credits : 3.0 credits

Page : 1 of 4Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : FirstYear : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing SkillsUnit I

Topichours

Sub Unit

A. Aiding toLSRW

Grammar:Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,VoiceDegree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers,Common Errors in English,Abbreviations and Numerals,Punctuations and Capitalization

6

Vocabulary Enrichment:Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes & suffixes,Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,Homophones,Thematic & Functional Vocabulary,Idioms & Phrases,Proverbs,Use of Dictionary for Engineers

2

B. Listening Skills Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning, Importance, Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening, Types, Advantages of Listening & Factors hampering Listening, Common Poor Listening Habits

2

Listening Comprehensions:5 | P a g e

Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies etc.

C. Speaking Skills

Familiarizing with Communication Skills:Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning, Features, types & Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective communication

4Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public, Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, DebatesSituational Conversations: Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with Subordinates and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation, Telephonic Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes

D. Reading Skills

Comprehending the basics of Reading Skills (meaning, as a cognitive process, Importance etc)

3Different Types of Reading – Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading, Close Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming anEffective reader, Proof reading skills

E. Writing Skills

Comprehending the Art of Writing

6

Official Correspondence : - Letters Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment & Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave Applications, Job Application & Resume- Reports- Proposals- Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & TendersCreative Writing Skills: Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements, Posters&Hand outsBroschures,, Articles, Creative TitlesFunctional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote of Thanks, Circulars, Notices, Messages, AcknowledgementsAids to Writing Skills: Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making, Summarizing, Paraphrasing &Preci writing

Unit II using Technology for Communication

using Technology for Communication

Use of Technology and its importance in enhancing communication skills.

2E- Etiquettes:- Netiquettes, - Cell Phone Etiquettes & Text Messaging, - Social Media Etiquettes

Unit III Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened with Soft Skills,

A.Presentation Skills

Oral Presentations:Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar Presentations

2Developing Presentability in different situations and for different purposes:- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements, appreciations, specifications etc) - through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required material & apt content- through proper grooming- through Time & Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness - making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling environment

6 | P a g e

B. Performance Skills

Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying Focus,Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive thinking

1

C. Professional Skills :

Organization Skills:- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/ Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.- Team Building & Team Work- Stress & Time Management

2

Unit IV Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language Lab

A. Phonetics

Fundamentals of Phonetics: Phonemic symbols and Phonetic sounds; Understanding Speech Sounds: English Pronunciation, Vowel and consonant sounds and pronunciation guidelines related to vowel and consonant sounds.

2

B. Listening Skills

Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats for developing acute listening abilities

2Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various nationalitiesListening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral accent.Effective Listening Techniques

C. Speaking Skills

Improving Fluency:Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.

2

D. Reading Skills

Reading Comprehensions- Lab based reading comprehension exercises; Exposure to Different kinds of texts and various types of Comprehension Questions; Developing speed reading through practical exercises

2

E. Writing Skills Writing Assignments from Language Software 2

F. using Technology for Communication

Using Internet:- Browsing and searching the internet- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data- Open Access Resources

3E-Modes of Communication:- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices- Webbloging, - Video Conferencing & Teleconferencing- Podcasting- Using Mail Merge

G. Presentation Skills

Power Point Presentation:- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,- Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations- Overhead Transparencies

2

H. Performance Skills&

Supplementary Skills

Skills specific to types of Performances:- Group Discussion- Making Formal Speeches- Elocution & Debate- Situational Role Plays

Note: Activities accommodated within lab hours

Unit V Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)

A book based on Indian History /reflects Indian Culture

The Cat and Shakespeare: A Tale of India – Raja Rao-1965

B.An autobiography / biography of a Spiritual Leader

An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)- Param Hans Yogananda

C. Self Motivational Book Seven Habits of Highly Effective People – Stephen

7 | P a g e

CoveyD. Reading for updates Editorials from News Papers or Articles from

Magazines/ Case Studies or Project ReportsE. Classical/ Modern Literary Work

Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987

Course Code: Course Title: Mathematics I

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 2 hours per WeekPractical: Nil

Evaluation Structure:Theory: 4.0 creditsPractical: ---Total Credits : 4.0 credits

Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech –I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 Differentiation & Integration 14 hoursApplication of derivatives, Riemann integral and the fundamental theorem of calculus, applications to area and volume

Unit – 2 Functions of Several Variables, 14 hoursLimits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and normal, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers, double and triple integrals, change of variables

Unit – 3 14 hoursDouble and triple integrals, change of variables

Unit – 4 14 hoursVector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals, Green’s theorem and applications, surface integrals, divergence theorem, Stoke’s theorem

Text Books: G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison-Wesley/ Narosa,

1998. S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian

reprint 2010)

Reference Books: T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011.

Course Code: Course Title: Physics-I

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical :---

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPractical : ---Total Credits : 3.0

Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit –1 Special Theory of Relativity 10 hoursMichelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz transformations,Time dilation, Length contraction, Energy mass relation

Unit – 2 Quantum Mechanics 14 hours Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent andTime independent Schrödinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic oscillator,

8 | P a g e

Scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a barrier

Unit – 3 Solid State Physics 14 hours Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals, Bloch’s theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit – 4 Introduction to Materials Science 04 hours Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter, Smart materials

Text Books: H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1st Edition, East-west Press Pvt. Ltd.-New

Delhi, 2000 A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009 K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009

Reference Books: J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2009 R. Resnickand R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2 nd Edition,

Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006 S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2009 M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,

2004 William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010 Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1st Edition, Wiley India, 2007 Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1st edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: Course Title: Engineering Graphics

Course Structure:Lectures: 1 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practice :3 hours per week

Evaluation Structure:Theory :1.0 creditsPractice :1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 2.5

Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech –I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 06 hoursIntroduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple geometrical figures. Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.

Unit – 2 06 hoursOrthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids.Isometric views

Unit – 3 10 hoursDevelopment of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special curvesPlan, elevation and section of buildings

Unit – 4 06 hoursIntroduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.

Note; Total number of hours for Engineering Graphics Practice should be 42 hours per semester.

Text Books: K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011 N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2011

9 | P a g e

Reference Books: B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,

2008. K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001. N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980. T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14 th Ed,

McGraw Hill, New York, 1993. W. J. Luzadder and J. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall India, New Delhi,

2001.

Course Code: Course Title: Physics Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practicals: 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practicals : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5


Experiments based on the following: Error analysis and accuracy of measurement. Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal

conductivity, velocity of sound in air), Selected experiments from electricity & magnetism (LCR circuit, Helmholtz coil), optics (interference

and diffraction) and Selected experiments from modern physics (specific charge of electron, hydrogen spectrum,

photoelectric effect) etc. Text Books:

B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint: Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971 G. L. Squires: Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001 M. Nelkon and P. Parker: Advanced Level Physics, 7th Edition, Cbs, 2006 B.K. Mathur: Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7th Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967

SECOND SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: Mathematics II


Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPractical : ---Total Credits : 4.0 credits

Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 Linear Algebra I: 12 hoursMatrices and Determinants, linear transformations. Systems of linear equations. Gauss elimination, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

Unit – 2 Linear Algebra II: 12 hoursVector spaces, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values and eigenvectors, Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

Unit – 3 Ordinary Differential Equations I: 16 hours

Ordinary Differential equations of the 1st order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary Differential equations of the 2nd order, variation of parameters, Picard’s iteration method.

Unit – 4 Ordinary Differential Equations II: 16 hoursOrdinary linear differential equations of nth order. Solution of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and

10 | P a g e

Variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.

Text Books: E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011.

Reference Books: T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 9 th ED.,

Wiley, International students’ edition, 2009. V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-West

Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.

Course Code: CH 101 Course Title: Chemistry


Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPractical : -Total Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit – 1 Inorganic Chemistry: 10 hours Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry, magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.

Unit – 2 Organometallics: 4 hoursEAN rule, metal carbonyls – synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes – synthesis and properties.

Unit – 3 Stereochemistry and Spectroscopy 15 hours

Aromaticity – Huckel’s rule, aromatic ions,Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers. Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit – 4 Phase Equillibria and Catalysis 13 hours Phase diagram, Gibb’s phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram, solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules. Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.

Text Books: P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011. R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990. J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991. D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,

2007.

Reference Books: G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 1992. D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry – A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998. L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980. D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984.

11 | P a g e

J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.

Michael Smith, Jerry March: March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 2007.

G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987. Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An

Introduction, Wiley Interscience, 2007. Gareth Thomas: Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, 2003

Course Code: PH 102 Course Title: Physics - II

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical: ---



Course Outline

Unit-1 14 hoursElectrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, Conductors, Capacitors, Electrostatic fields in matter, Dielectrics, Bound charges, Electric displacement, Linear dielectrics

Uni-2 14 hoursMagnetostatics: Lorentz force law, Continuity equation, Biot-Savart law, Ampere’s law, Magnetic vector potential, Magnetostatic boundary conditions, Magnetic fields in matter, Bound currents, Auxiliary field H

Unit- 3 14 hours Electrodynamics: Electromotive force, Faraday’s law, Inductance, Displacement current, Maxwell’s equations, Poynting vector, Electromagnetic waves, Waveguides, Simple antenna

Text Books: D. J. Griffiths: Introduction to electrodynamics, 3rd Edition, Phi Learning, 2009

Reference Books: J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford, R.W. Christy: Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, 4 th Edition, Pearson

Addison Wesley, 2009 A. Mahajan, A. Rangwala: Electricity and Magnetism, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988 E.M. Purcell: Berkeley Physics Course: Electricity and Magnetism, Volume 2, 2nd Edition, Tata

McGraw Hill, 2007 R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, M. Sands: The Feynman Lectures on Physics – Vol II, 1 st Edition, Narosa

Publishing House, 2010 B.B. Laud: Electromagnetics, 2nd Edition, New Age International (p) Ltd, New Delhi, 1987

12 | P a g e

Course Code: Course Title: Applied Mechanics

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical:-

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPractical : --Total Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours

Statics of Particles: -Forces in a Plane: Force on a Particle. Resultant of Two Forces, Vectors, Addition of Vectors, Resultant of Several Concurrent Forces, Resolution of a Force into Components, Rectangular Components of a Force. Equilibrium of a Particle, Free-Body Diagrams. Forces in Space: Rectangular Components of a Force in Space, Equilibrium of a Particle in Space

Rigid Bodies: Equivalent system of forces; Principle of Transmissibility. Equivalent Forces, Vector Moment of a Force about a Point, Varignon’s Theorem, Rectangular Components of the Moment of a Force, Moment of a Force about a Given Axis, Moment of a Couple, Equivalent Couples ,Addition of Couples, Resolution of a Given Force into a Force at O and a Couple, Equivalent Systems of Forces

Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Free-Body Diagram , Equilibrium in Two Dimensions: Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Two-Dimensional Structure, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Two Dimensions, Equilibrium in Three Dimensions, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Three Dimensions, Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Three-Dimensional Structure

Unit – 2 10 hoursDistributed Forces: Centroids and centers of Gravity: Areas and Lines:Center of Gravity of a Two-Dimensional Body, Centroids of Areas and Lines, First Moments of Areas and Lines, Composite Plates and Wires, Determination of Centroids by Integration,Theorems of PappusGuldinus, Distributed Loads on Beams, Forces on Submerged SurfacesVolumes: Center of Gravity of a Three-Dimensional Body,Centroid of a Volume, CompositeBodies, Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration

Analysis of Structures: Trusses Definition of a Truss, Simple Trusses, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Joints, Joints under Special Loading Conditions, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Sections, Trusses Made of Several Simple Trusses

Distributed Forces: Moment of Inertia: Moments of Inertia of Areas: Second Moment, or Moment of Inertia, of an Area, Determination of the Moment of Inertia of an Area by Integration, Polar Moment of Inertia, Radius of Gyration of an Area, Parallel-Axis Theorem, Moments of Inertia of Composite Areas, Product of Inertia, Principal Axes and Principal Moments of Inertia, Mohr’s Circle for Moments and Products of Inertia

Unit – 3 10 hoursFriction: Introduction, the Laws of Dry Friction. Coefficients of Friction, Angles of Friction, Problems Involving Dry Friction, Wedges, Square-Threaded Screws, Journal Bearings.AxleFriction, Thrust Bearings. Disk Friction, Wheel Friction. Rolling Resistance, Belt Friction

Method of Virtual work: Work of a Force, Principle of Virtual Work, Applications of the Principle of Virtual Work, Real Machines. Mechanical Efficiency, Work of a Force during a Finite Displacement, Potential Energy, Potential Energy and Equilibrium, Stability of Equilibrium

13 | P a g e

Unit – 4 12 hoursKinematics of Particles: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of Particles, Curvilinear Motion of Particles: Position Vector, Velocity, and Acceleration, Derivatives of Vector Functions, Rectangular Components of Velocity and Acceleration,Kinetics of Particles: Newton’s second law, Kinetics of particles: energy and momentum methods, Systems of particles

Kinematics of rigid bodies, Plane motion of rigid bodies: forces and accelerations, Plane Motion of rigid bodies: energy and momentum methods, Kinetics of rigid bodies in three dimensions:

Text Books: F.P. Beer, E. R. Jhonston, D. F. Mazurek, P. Cornwell and E. Eisenberg: Vector Mechanics for

Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, 9th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009. J L Meriam and L. G. Kraige: Engineering Mechanics Statics, Volume 1, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,

2006. J L Meriam and Kraige: Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

Reference Books: I H Shames: Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 4th Ed., Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi, 2004. Stephen Timoshenko, J V Rao, D H Young, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

Education, 2006. R. C. Hibbeler, Ashok Gupta Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 11th Edition, Pearson

Education, 2009 Veenu Kumar, K. L. Kumar, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010. Jacob P. DenHartog, Mechanics, Dover Publications, 1961. M.S. Sivakumar, Stephen Crandall, Thomas Lardner, Norman Dahl, an Introduction to Mechanics of

Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

Course Code: ME 102 Course Title: Thermodynamics

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 Hours per WeekTutorials: 1 Hours per WeekPracticals:Nil

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPracticals : 0.0 creditsTotal Credits : 4.0

Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2012-13Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hours

Basic Concepts & Definitions:Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics – macroscopic and microscopic points of view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume – thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process – pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.

Matter–its phases, working medium/substance/agent–its definition, definition of thermodynamic equilibrium–mechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic processes and cycles on 2-property plots.Zeroth law of thermodynamics – reproducible reference points – ideal gas temperature and ideal gas thermometer

Energy and Various Forms:Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat – work done at the moving boundary of a simple compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions – net work done by a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function, Energy – its definitions, forms of its occurrence in various fields – mechanical, electrical, electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear, thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their equivalents.

14 | P a g e

Unit – 2 14 hoursFirst Law Analysis:Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a change in state – internal energy as a thermodynamic property – heat energy as path function, perpetual motion machine of first kind, different forms of energy – enthalpy – specific heat at constant pressure and constant volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.

First law applied to control volume – steady flow processes – mass and energy balance in simple steady flow process – application of steady flow energy equation to systems like nozzle, diffuser, throttling devices, pumps, compressors, turbine and heat exchanger – general form of energy equation. First law applied to transient processes.

Unit – 3 16 hoursSecond Law Analysis:Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines – Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law – their equivalence – perpetual motion machine of the second kind – Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle - conditions of reversibility – irreversibility –factors that render a process irreversible – concept of reversible heat transfer process – examples – Carnot reversible cycle – Carnot theorem and its consequences – definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of reversible enginesInequality of Clausius – definition of entropy as property – temperature – entropy diagram – entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process – reversible adiabatic process – entropy principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy generation – principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability (exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem – simple engineering applications.

Unit – 4 14 hoursProperties of Pure Substances:P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.Equation of State for Real Gases:Ideal gas equation – Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. – Amagat isotherms – compressibility factor – compressibility chart.Thermodynamic Relations:Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility, specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron equation

Unit – 5 (Self Study)Basics of Exergy analysis – Exergy analysis of a simple thermal systemModel making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems

Text Books: Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, “Fundamental of Thermodynamics”, 6th Ed., Wiley Student

Edition, 2003 Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005 Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, “Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Revised

Ed., 1997

Reference Books:

15 | P a g e

Achuthan, M, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Prentice Hall India, 2002 Rao, Y.V.C., ”An Introduction to Thermodynamics”, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed., 2004. Chattopadhyay, P., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Revised 1st Ed., Oxford University press, 2011 Zemensky, M.W., “Heat and Thermodynamics”, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997 Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., ”Heat & Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008 Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., ”Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer”, 4 th Ed.,

Longman Spalding, D.B. and Cole,E.H., “Engineering Thermodynamics” Edward Arnold,1967 Kumar, D.S., “Thermal Science & Engineering”, 4th Ed., Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2006

Course Code: EE Course Title: Electrical Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical: ----

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPractical : -Total Credits : 4.0

Page : 1 of 2Year of Implementation : 2012-13Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hoursD.C. Machines: Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model, generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control, efficiency and losses.

Unit – 2 14 hoursTransformers: Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer, emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses, equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency, auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.

Unit – 3 12 HoursInduction motor:Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test, starting, speed control.

Unit – 4 16 hoursSynchronous Machines: Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance, voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.Induction MachineConstruction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books: Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books: M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Delhi, 2005. Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005.

16 | P a g e

Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972. K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: CH Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practical : 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Experiments on the following:

1) Complexometric Reaction2) Oxidation – Reduction Reactions3) Spectrophotometer 4) Electric Potential5) Chemical Kinetics6) Organic Synthesis7) Chromatography8) Packing Fraction9) Adsorption10) Catalysis, 11) Electrolytic Conductance.

Reference Books: D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill

International Edition, 1996 V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International

Publication, New Delhi, 2001. J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003 S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,

New Delhi, 2008 P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Engineering Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practicals:3 hours per Week



Experiments based on the following: Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor. Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor. No load characteristic of DC generator Speed control of separately excited DC motor. Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer. Load test of single phase transformer. Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of

three- phase Induction Motor. Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor. ‘V’ and ‘inverted v’ curves of a synchronous motor Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

Reference Books:

17 | P a g e

Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998. Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005. Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972 . K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists,

Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: ME 111 Course Title: Workshop Practice

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practical: 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ----Practical : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Course Outline

This subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.

Carpentry Plumbing Electric Wiring Welding Facing & turning on Lathe Milling Fitting Tin smithy operations Drilling Slotting Assembling of various parts and other trades.

Text Books:1 H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

Reference Books:1 Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th Ed.

Media Promoters and Publishers 2009.

Course Code: CE 111 Course Title: Applied Mechanics Laboratory


Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical :1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Experiments based on the following: Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using

universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,

Determination of the forces in the members of “Simple plane Roof Truss”, Determination of the modulus of elasticity of a steel wire, Determination of the co-efficient of friction between a leather belt and pulley, as well as

rope and pulley, Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact, Determination of the value of acceleration of earth ‘g’ by Fletcher’s trolley,

18 | P a g e

Determination of mass movement of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting machines

Reference Books: K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003

THIRD SEMESTER

Course Code: MA 203 Course Title: Mathematics III

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 2 hour per WeekPractical: Nil


Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2013-14Semester : ThirdLevel : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hoursFourier Series:Periodic functions, Dirchlet’s conditions, Fourier series, Euler’s formulae, Fourier expansion of periodic functions with period 2π , Fourier series of even and odd functions, Fourier series of periodic functions with arbitrary periods, half range Fourier series, Harmonic analysis.

Unit – 2 16 hoursLaplace Transforms:Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorem Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic, Unit step and Impulse functions.

Unit – 3 14 hoursNumerical Methods:Numerical solution of first order ordinary differential equation with initial condition by Picard’s, Euler’s & Taylor series method; Runge Kutta Method, Predictor-Corector methods (Milne & Adams-Bashforth). Boundary value problem linear, non-linear, shooting and finite difference method.

Unit – 4 12 hoursPartial Differential Equations: Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives, solution of Laplace & Poisson’s equations using standard five pt formula & diagonal five pt formula. Solution of one dimensional heat conduction equation by Schmidt method and Crank Nicolson method. Solution of wave equation.

Text Books: Dennis G. Zill., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, IIIrd Ed., Narosa, 2009 E. Kreyszig., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011 C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems

Computing and Modeling, 3rd Ed., Pearson, 2013.

Reference Books: B.S. Grewal., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna, New Delhi. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., “Elementry Differential Equations”, John Wiley-2005. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., “Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems”, McGraw-Hill-

2006.

19 | P a g e

M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd, India, 2005.

P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.

Course Code: HS 201 Course Title: Introduction to Sociology

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials : ---Practical : ---


Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2013-14Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science Need for understanding society and description of society at various stages–agrarian,

industrialized, multicultural. Society as a system and its sub-systems Some social institutions and impact of science and technology on it:

- Family - Kinship- Religion - Education

Unit – 2 14 hoursUNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY

Social stratification: Meaning and Impact Issues of marginalized sections:

- Gender- Caste- Class - Race and Ethnicity

Approaches to study of society:- Conflict: Karl Marx’s theory and Hegel’s theory- Functional: Theories of Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton

Unit – 3 14 hoursUNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY Processes of change in society:

- Social change, modernization, westernization, urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization

Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous knowledge and impact of science and technology

Issues in Development:- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and

technology- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and

technologyUnit – 4 (Self Study)

Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and

interaction- Prepare a newsletter on science and technology for human development.

Suggested Readings:

20 | P a g e

Sen, A. Sustainable Development And Our Responsibilities http://www.fabricaethica.it/documenti/937.Amartya%20Sen_UNIPOL.pdf

Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/ Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives Mitchell, G D (1979 ). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press: Mumbai Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New Delhi Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/ World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development

http://publications.worldbank.org Abraham Francis and John Harry Morgan (1985) Modern Sociological Thought: From Comte to

Sorokin, McMillan India Limited:, Delhi. Aron, Raymond (1965-67) Main Currents in Sociological Thought, Vol. I and Vol. II, Penguin. Fletcher Ronald (1971): The Making of Sociology, Vol. I & II, Michael Joseph Ltd./Thomas Nelson and

Sons, London David Ashley and David M. Orenstein (1995): Sociological Theory- Classical Statements (Third

Edition), Allyn and Bacon, Paramount Publishing, Massachusetts. Zeitlin Irving M (1969).: Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall, New

Delhi. Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York. Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory – An analysis of Writings of Marx,

Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press. Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology – Marx,

Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress Publishers,

Moscow

Course Code: CE 201 Course Title: Strength of Materials

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials : 1 hour per WeekPractical: ---



Course OutlineUnit -1 14 hoursTension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and Strain, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hooke’s Law, and Poisson’s Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for Axial Loads and Direct Shear Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits, and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional Members

Unit – 2 14 hoursShear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite Beams

Unit – 3 14 hours

21 | P a g e

Analysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses, Mohr’s Circle for Plane Stress, Hooke’s Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined LoadingsStrain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano

Unit – 4 14 hoursDeflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and Load Equations, Method of Superposition

Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the endsColumns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other Support Conditions

Text Books:

E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973. S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I)”, 3 rd Edition, CBS

Publisher, 2002. M L Gambhir, Fundamentals of solid mechanics: A Treatise on Strength of Materials Print Edition, PHI

Learning, 2009.

Reference Books: S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill International,

Tokyo, 1994. R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007. G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002. S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications, 1983. J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961. E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P. Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI

Units), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009. Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009. W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

Course Code: ME 202 Course Title: Engineering Metallurgy




Course Outline

Unit -1 18 HoursIntroduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for engineering applications.Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.

Unit – 2 18 HoursFerrous metal and its alloysCast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.

22 | P a g e

Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing, spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding, cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.

Unit - 3 10 HoursNon-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.Unit - 4 10 Hours Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder manufacturing techniques, applications.Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.

Text Books: Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill

Education,2011. Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st Edition

(Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010 George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997) S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy, Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy, Reference Books: Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material, Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy, V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science, W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material, Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process, Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy, V. Raghvan, Metallurgy for Engineers, Bava, Metallurgy for Engineers, Rollason, Physical Metallurgy, Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy, Rabert, Tool steel, Annver, Material Science, O.P. Khanna, Material Science, William and collister Material Science and Engineering,

Course Code: ME 201 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics – I

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical: -



Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hoursConcepts & Definitions:Introduction – ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum – classification and properties of fluid. Control volume, control mass, fluid element – continuum concept - Newton’s law of viscosity – Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tensionFluid at Rest:Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for incompressible and compressible fluids – Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion- linear motion- rigid body rotation. Pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement of pressure- manometry – simple, differential, inclined manometers.Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:

23 | P a g e

Total pressure and centre of pressure – forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged surfaces Buoyancy and Floatation: Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies – metacentric height, oscillation of floating bodies

Unit – 2 08 hoursFluid Kinematics:Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow – Reynolds transport theorem- substantial derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations – Types of fluid flow - Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows – one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and non-uniform flows – stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems – Equation of stream line Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvin’s circulation theorem, Irrotational flows- velocity potential – stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks, doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

Unit – 3 12 hoursFluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow – Inviscid Incompressible Flows: Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoulli’s equation – practical application of Bernoulli equation- orificemeter, venturimeter – rotameter – pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation – kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equationFlow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity potential function Laplace equation – boundary conditions – flow netPrinciples of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential and integral forms of equations – Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some basic plane potential flowsDimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude: Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics, Buckingham’s pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance, similitude, models and scales.

Unit – 4 10 hours Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates – measurement of viscosity – Turbulent flow through pipes – characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes, Nikuradse’s experiment, Moody’s chartLosses in Pipe FlowPipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines. Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.

Text Books: White, F. M., “ Fluid Mechanics” McGraw Hill Pub., 3rd Ed., New York, 1994, Mohanty, A. K., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994 Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books: Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001

Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tat Mcgraw Hill P Ltd., New Delhi ,2002

Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P Ltd., New Delhi, 4th ed., 2001

24 | P a g e

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, “ Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., Wiley Student Ed., 2006

Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Rathakrishnan, E,”Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction”, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007 Rajput, R.K., “ A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1 st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill

Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Course Code: CE 211 Course Title: Strength of Materials Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practical :3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5


Experiments: Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron, Compression on concrete, Bending of beams, Testing on shear, Buckling of columns, Experiments on shear centre, Continuous and interconnected beams, Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections, Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:

David, Troxell, Inspection and Testing of Engineering Materials, Wskocil.

Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - I




Experiments: Verification of Bernoulli theorem Calibration of Pitot Static tube Minor transmission losses in pipes, Determination of friction factor of pipes, Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter, computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice, Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect. Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus Calibration of pressure gauge Friction loss in pipes

Text Books: White, F. M., “ Fluid Mechanics” McGraw Hill Pub., 3rd Ed., New York, 1994, Mohanty, A. K., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994 Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books: Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001 Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tat Mcgraw Hill P

Ltd., New Delhi ,2002 Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P

Ltd., New Delhi, 4th ed., 2001

25 | P a g e


Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Rathakrishnan, E,”Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction”, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007 Rajput, R.K., “ A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1 st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill

Pub., New Delhi

Course Code: ME 212 Course Title: Machine Drawing

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical: 3 hours per Week



Course Outline

Introduction to Machine Drawing 4 Hours Machine elements:Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views

Types of Drawings 4 Hours Assembly Drawings, Production Drawing, Catalogue Drawing, Etc. IS conventions of Drawings

Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness: 4 Hours Types of Lines and their significance, Types of Dimensioning Methods, Fits and Tolerance, allocation of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance table preparation Geometric tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings.

Presentation of Views 2 Hours Front view, top view, side view, sectional view, quarter section & half section, etc.

Practical Work: 42 hours

Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.a) Engine parts – cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross heads, Eccentrics.b) Machine parts – Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock

Creating and modifying Drawings using AutoCAD Creating and modifying 3D objects using AutoCAD. Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding

plotters and using plot styles, plotting sheets.

Text Books: N.D. Bhatt, Machine Drawing, Charotar Pub. House, V V Nagar Laxminarayan & M.L. Mathur, A text book of Machine Drawing, Jain Brother, New Delhi Kamat & Rao, Machine Drawing Gautam Pohit & Gautam Ghosh M, chine Drawing with AUTO CAD, Pearson Education M B shah, Machine Drawing

Reference Books: A text Book of Machine drawing By R.B. Gupta Satya Prakashan Tech India Publication) Machine Drawing by K.I. Narayana, P. Kannaiah, K.Venkata Reddy Machine Drawing by Ajeet Singh (Tata McGraw Hill)

26 | P a g e

FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code: BY 201 Course Title: Biology

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical: nil


Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2013-14Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hoursCell Biology:Cell: As fundamental unit of Life, Chemical composition of cell (Basics of Biomolecules),Grades of organization (Cell to organism level), Protein synthesisAnatomy:Basic terminology, Introduction to systemic anatomy, Anatomy of Musculoskeletal system (Formation, structure and types: Bone, Cartilage, Joints, muscle).Physiology:Nutrition and diet, Blood and Lymph, Mechanism of muscle contraction, Skeleton and Locomotion

Unit – 2 10 hoursMuscles: review of muscle structure, active and passive tension of muscle, Hill muscle model, joint motionFailure Theories: Ductile and Brittle failureLimitations of functional anatomical analysis: mechanical method of muscle action analysis, Need of biomechanics to understand muscle action, Range of motion principle and force-motion principle.Linear Kinetics:Newton’s laws of motion, Inertia Principle, Muscle angle of pull, Contact forces, Impulse-momentum relationship, Work-Energy relationship, Segmental Interaction Principle

Unit – 3 10 hoursMechanics of the Musculoskeletal System:Introduction, tissue loads, response of tissue to forces – stress; strain; stiffness and mechanical strength; viscoelasticity, biomechanics of tendons, bones and ligaments, mechanical characteristics of muscle, stretch-shortening cycle, force-time principleNeuromuscular control: Motor units, regulation of muscle force, Proprioception of Muscle Action and Movement

Unit – 4 10 hours Applications of Biomechanics:Qualitative analysis of kicking, batting, catching, basketball free throw, dribbling, hip, shoulder and spine biomechanics, biomechanics of knee replacement

Text Books: Unit 1: Phillips W D. and Chilton T. J., “A-level Biology”, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 0199140898.

Unit 2-4:Knudson D., “Fundamentals of Biomechanics”, Springer, 2nd Edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-387-49311-4

Reference Books: Tortora G J and Derrickson B H, “Principles of Anatomy and Physiology”, John Wiley and Sons, 2008. Fung Y. C., “Biomechanics: Mechanical Properties of Living Tissues”, Springer, 1993. Ozkaa, N., Nordin, M., Goldsheyder D., Leger D., “Fundamentals of Biomechanics”, Springer, 2012.

27 | P a g e

Course Code: HS 202 Course Title: Economics

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical:- nil

Evaluation Structure:Theory :3.0 creditsPractical : -Total Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hoursBasic Concepts & Definitions:Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms – Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income. Demand Analysis:Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand – Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and Indifference Curve Analysis. Price Determination and Market Structure:Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic Markets. Break-Even Analysis.

Unit – 2 10 hoursIndian Economy:Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service Sector to GDP, Employment. Economic Planning and Role of Government.Scio-Economic Problems in India – Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of Population. Poverty – Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line. Unemployment – Types and Causes of Unemployment.Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail. Indicators of development –Human Development Index (HDI).

Unit – 3 10 hoursIntroduction to Macro Economics:Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and Output. Consumption and Saving Function. Money and Banking:Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation. Business Cycles.

Unit – 4 10 hours International Business: International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection. Foreign Investment – FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.

FDI in India – Policy Routes, Sector specific policies. Inflow of FDI – Country wise, Sector wise and State wise. DTAA & Prohibition of FDIForeign Exchange – Meaning – Rate – (Determination and Changes).Balance of payments – Meaning – Definition – Structure and Components of BOP.

Text Books:28 | P a g e

Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, ‘Elementary Economic Theory’ S Chand & Co Ltd. Ahuja H. L ‘Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S

Chand & Co Ltd. Dutt, Ruddar and Sundram K.P.M. (2012): Indian Economy, Sultan & Chand Co., New Delhi Cherunilam, Francis (2012), International Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books: Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London. Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi. Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University

Press. Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:

Development and Participation, Oxford University Press. Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley International

Student Edition, 10th edition, 2011. Samuelson, Paul ‘Economics’ Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010

Course Code: EE 221 Course Title: Basic Electronics

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 Hours per WeekTutorials: 0 Hours per WeekPracticals:

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPracticals : Total Credits : 3.0

Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction: 2013-14Semester : FourthLevel : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit-1 9 HoursJunction –Diode Characteristics and Circuits:Open –Circuited p-n Junction, p-n Junction as a Rectifier, Breakdown Diodes, Tunnel Diode, Semiconductor Photodiode, Photovoltaic Effect, Light –Emitting Diodes, Diode as a Circuit Element, Clipping Circuits, Clipping at Two Independent Levels, Comparators, Display Devices (LED and LCD). LDR.Unit-2 9 HoursTransistors and Transducer.Junction Transistor, Transistor as an Amplifier, CB Configuration, CE Configuration, CE Cutoff region, CE Saturation Region, CE Current Gain, CC Configuration, Phototransistor. Potentiometer, Temperature Sensor. Displacement Transducers, Linear Variable Differential Transformer, Capacitance Sensors. Temperature transducers RTD, Thermisters, Thermocouples- Their Ranges, and Applications. Transducers for Pressure, Level and Flow Measurement, Strain Measurement.

Unit-3 9 HoursCombinational and Sequential digital CIRCUITS Basic Concepts of Gates; Encoder, decoder, multiplexer and demultiplexer. Flip – flops using gates (R-S Flip flop s, D Flip flop, J-K Flip flop, T Flip Flop), Asynchronous input Flip flop. Basic Concepts of Counters and Registers; Shift Left and Right Register; Registers With Parallel Load; Serial-In-Parallel-Out (SIPO) and Parallel-In-Serial-Out (PISO); Register Using Different Type of Flip-Flops; Ripple(asynchronous) counters; Up Down and Mod-N ripple counters; Design of Synchronous Counter Using State Diagrams and State Table; BCD Counters; Modulo-N Counter; Up Down Counter; Ring counter; Johnson Counter, Sequence Generators, ADC and DAC.

Unit-4 15 HoursEmbedded Microcontroller and ApplicationIntroduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers ,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical

29 | P a g e

instructions, jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines

Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/ DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

Text Book: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition] A. K. Sawhney, “Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai &

co.,17th Edition. M. Mazidi and others, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, PRENTICE Hall Of India,

3rd edition

Reference Books: Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition] Morris Mano, “Digital Logic And Computer Design”, Prentice Hall Of India, 2005.

Course Code: EE 231 Course Title: Basic Electronics Laboratory


Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practicals : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits

Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2013-14Semester : FourthLevel : B. Tech – II

Course OutlineLIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study of Diode Characteristics,2. Study of BJT Characteristics,3. Study of FET Characteristics,4. Study of CE Amplifier,5. Study of CB Amplifier,6. Study of, CC Amplifier,7. Study of Diode Clipper Circuits,8. Study of Diode Clamper Circuits,9. Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier10. Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier

Reference Books: Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.

Course Code: ME 203 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics – II

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hours per WeekPractical:-



Course Outline

Unit – 1 11 hours Boundary Layer Theory:Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in differential and integral forms – Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation – boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness,

30 | P a g e

turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent boundary layer, boundary layer separation – control of separation Flow Around Submerged Bodies – Drag and Lift:Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluff bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders, circulation and lift – position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder, Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit – 2 11 hoursCompressible Flow Theory:Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity, momentum and energy equation.Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible - subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gasIsentropic Flow of Ideal GasGoverning equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit – 3 11 hoursNon-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction –dynamic equation-differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow – general characteristics of normal shock – normal shock equations – Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine – Hugoniot relations, weak and strong shocks

Unit – 4 09 hoursOblique Shock Waves – weak compression and expansion waves – compression shock wave and expansion fan – governing equation of oblique shock – Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers – operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel Propulsion Systems – air breathing propulsion – aircraft propulsion engines – comparison of propulsion systems.

Text Books: Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008 Balachandran, P., “ Fundamentals of Compressible Flow”, 2nd print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New

Delhi, 2007 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill


Reference Books: Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, “ Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., Wiley Student

Ed., 2006 Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P

Ltd., New Delhi, 4th ed., 2001 Shames, H., “Mechanics of Fluids”, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962 Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., John Wiley, 1994 Rajput, R.K., “ A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006

31 | P a g e

Course Code: ME 215 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics – II Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practical: 3 hours per week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical : -Total Credits : 1.5 credits


Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders – pressure distribution Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift Flow through nozzles and diffusers Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor Performance testing on centrifugal fan Performance testing on centrifugal blowers Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow

conditions.

Text Books: Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008 Balachandran, P., “ Fundamentals of Compressible Flow”, 2nd print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New

Delhi, 2007 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1 st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill


Reference Books: Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, “ Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., Wiley Student

Ed., 2006 Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P


Course Code: ME 204 Course Title: Manufacturing Technology – I




Course Outline

Unit 1 (8 hours)Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of drives

Unit 2 (14 hours)Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining forces and merchant’s diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting fluid.Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life, cutting tool materials

32 | P a g e

Unit 3 (16 hours)Turning: basic principle, purpose and application, turning allied operations like facing, taper turning, setting of machines for various jobs – special attachments and accessories.

Drilling, reaming and Boring: basic principle, purpose and application, mechanisms- attachments and accessories – tools

Milling: Classification, kinematic diagram of column and knee type of milling machine – types of milling operations – holding of tool and work, indexing

Unit 4 (10 hours)Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioningBroaching: basic principle, purpose and applicationSuper finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books: Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.”Manufacturing Science”, 2nd Edition, East West Press

(2010) Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata

McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, “Principles of Engineering Manufacture”, 3 rd Edition, Viva

Publications Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.

Pearson publications (2002)

Course Code: ME 205 Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 0 hours per WeekPracticals: Nil

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsTutorials : 0.0 creditTotal Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame, Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoff’s Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Hart’s mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott- Russel, Grasshoper, Robert’s mechanism, Hooke’s Joint it’s analysis, condition for equal speed of driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.Kinematics:Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar Mechanism

Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: (6 hours)

33 | P a g e

http://www.flipkart.com/author/steven-r-schmid

http://www.flipkart.com/author/serope-kalpakjian

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22S.+Martin%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22A.+Lissaman%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22S.+Black%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22V.+Chiles%22

Introduction, belt and ropes drives, selection of belt drive, types of belt drives,V-belts, materials used for belt and rope drives, wire rope, Slip and Creep of belt, tensions for flat belt drive, angle of contact, centrifugal tension, maximum tension of belt, Chains, Classification, length, angular speed ratio, classification of chains.

Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact, Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion, Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral, Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.Cams: (6 hours)Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical Construction of the Profile.

Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours) Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis, Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.

Unit: 5 Gyroscope (5 hours) Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs

Unit: 6 Flywheel (5 hours)

Function, construction, Flywheel’s rim and dimensions, Operation of flywheel in a punching machine, Turning moment diagram, Fluctuation of energy and fluctuation of speed of crank shaft, Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed.

Text Books: Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

Reference Books Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3rd Edition ,John wiley and sons. Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Workshop Practices - II

Course Structure:Lectures: ---Tutorials: ---Practical: 3 hour per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical : 1.5 creditTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Experiments on Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle) Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations Turning

34 | P a g e

Facing Taper turning Grooving Thread cutting (internal and external) Drilling Slotting


(2010) Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata

McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books: V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin. “Principles of Engineering Manufacture” , 3 rd Edition, Viva

Publications Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.


FIFTH SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: HSSM Elective -1 Research Methodology

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 Hours per WeekTutorials: -Practical:-

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 CreditsPractical : -Total Credits : 3.0 credits

Page : 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : FifthLevel : B. Tech – III

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop: an understanding of knowledge in research understanding about various paradigms of research competence to conduct research independently capacity to of research writing ethical dimensions in research

Course Outline

Unit 1: : Designing of Research- Research and its types- Identification and Problem formulation- Experimental research- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology- Research aims and hypothesis- Sampling- Data collection- Tools and techniques- Reliability and validity of tools

Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation- Data checking- Data Analysis- Interpretation of results- Guidelines in Interpretations- Use of computer technology in analysis

Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research35 | P a g e



http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22S.+Martin%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22A.+Lissaman%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22S.+Black%22


- Writing the research report- Writing of papers and synopsis- Reference writing - Importance of Ethics in Research- Integrity in Research

References: Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2nd edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts. Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi. Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5th edn., Prentice

Hall, Inc., New Jersey. Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu – Method and Techniques, 2nd edn., New Age

International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private

Ltd. New Delhi.

Course Code: Course Title: Environmental Science



Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : FifthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course OutlineUnit -1 7 hours Environmental Problems, waste water treatment Unit – 2 7 hoursIndustrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water treatment.

Unit – 3 7 hoursSolid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land filling.

Unit – 4 7 hours Air pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality guidelines in protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.

Text Books: Air pollution : M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Roa Water supply and sanitary Engineering: G.S.Birdi. Waste Water supply engineering : S.K.Garg Waste Water supply engineering : B.C.Punamia

Reference Books: Waste-water engineering treatment, disposal: Metcalf & Eddy Water supply and sanitary Engineering: Peavy

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hours per

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPractical : -

Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : First

36 | P a g e

Week Total Credits : 4.0 creditsLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit – 1 16 hours Introduction to Heat Transfer: Modes of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation,

Conduction Heat Transfer: Fourier’s law of heat conduction and thermal conductivity, General unsteady three dimensional heat conduction equation with heat generation - in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical co-ordinates and spherical co-ordinates. thermal diffusitivity, Reduction of general equation for various cases of unsteady and steady heat conduction with and without heat generation.

Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state, heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.

Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling

with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite internal and surface resistance.

Unit – 2 16 hoursIntroduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced convection, Film theory and Newton’s law of cooling,

Forced Convection Heat Transfer: Laminar and turbulent flows of incompressible fluid over flat surface with forced convection heat transfer - hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, Blasius exact solution and Kroujiline approximate solutions - Similarity solutions of mass, momentum and energy equation of boundary layer - dimensionless numbers, Experimental results and correlation for forced convection. Reynolds analogy between friction and heat transfer.

Forced convection heat transfer through stationary horizontal tubes : laminar flow analysis – hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, constant heat flux and constant temperature boundary conditions. Turbulent flow heat transfer through tubes - Experimental based correlations.

Basic theory of condensation and boiling.

Unit – 3 12 hoursRadiation Heat Transfer:Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation, Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Planck’s law Wien’s displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body, Kirchoff’s law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lambert’s cosine law.Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation shields.

Unit – 4 12 hours

37 | P a g e

Heat Exchangers:Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method, fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.

Elements of Mass Transfer:Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Fick’s law of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures, Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.

Text Books: Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley &Sons, 6 th

Edition,2008 Holman, J. P, “Heat Transfer”, 8th ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006 Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer”, 4th ed., New Age International

Publishers, 2012 Dutta, B. K, “Heat Transfer – Principles and Applications”, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007

Reference Books: Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., “Heat Transfer” , 2nd Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989 Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, “Heat & Mass Transfer”,2nd Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011 Goshdastidar, P. S., “Heat Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012 Rathore, M.M., “Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006 Kumar, D. S., “Heat & Mass Transfer”, 6th revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001 Rajput, R.K, “Heat & Mass Transfer”, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer Laboratory




Experiments

Determination of heat transfer rate through composite solid wall Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating powder Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod Determination of rate of heat transfer under unsteady state condition Determination of heat transfer rate , fin efficiency and temperature distribution along the

length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer. Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer. Determination of emissivity of a surface Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser




Reference Books: Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., “Heat Transfer” , 2nd Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989

38 | P a g e

Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, “Heat & Mass Transfer”,2nd Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011 Goshdastidar, P. S., “Heat Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012 Rathore, M.M., “Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006 Kumar, D. S., “Heat & Mass Transfer”, 6th revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001 Rajput, R.K, “Heat & Mass Transfer”, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology - 2

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPracticals:Nil

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPracticals : 1.0 creditTotal Credits : 4.0 credits

Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction: 2014-15Semester : FifthLevel : B. Tech – III

Unit 1:Metal Forming (12 hours)

Elastic and plastic deformation, Concept of strain hardening. Hot and cold working processes - rolling, forging, extrusion, swaging, wire and tube drawing. Machines and equipment for the processes.

Unit 2Sheet Metal Working (8 hours)

Applications of sheet formed products. Shearing mechanism, Processes like blanking, piercing, punching, trimming, etc. Forming

processes like bending, cup drawing, coining, embossing, etc. Presses for sheet metal working; Part feeding systems; Elements of die; punch and die

clearances; Progressive, compound and combination dies. High energy rate forming processes.

Unit 3Metal Casting (11 hours)

Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its

properties, molding sand composition. Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design

considerations Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die

casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot

tears, cold shut, metal penetration. Unit 4:Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)

Introduction: Principle of welding, Applications, Classification of welding processes Manual metal arc(MMA) or shielded metal arc (SMA) welding: Equipment requirement,

electrodes, coating constituents and their functions, types of coatings; current and voltage selection for electrodes.

Submerged arc welding (SAW): Process details, consumables such as fluxes and wires for welding and field of applications.

Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or MIG/MAG welding: Process details, shielding gases, electrode wires, their sizes, and welding current ranges.

TIG welding: Process details, power sources requirements, electrode sizes and materials, current carrying capacities of different electrodes, shielding gases, application of process.

Resistance welding: General principle of heat generation in resistance welding, application of resistance welding processes. Process details and working principle of spot, seam, and. projection welding, electrode materials, shapes of electrodes, electrode cooling, selection of welding currents, voltages.

39 | P a g e

Brazing, braze welding and soldering Welding defects and its remedies.


(2010) Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding” (Volume - 1) 4 th Edition, Tata

McGraw-Hill Education Reference books

Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.

Pearson publications (2002) Little, L. Richard.”Welding and Welding Technology” 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001) Kumar, Surender.” Technology of Metal Forming Processes”. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008) Khanna, O. P.” Foundry Technology”. 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology – 2 Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: 0 hours per WeekTutorials: 0 hour per WeekPracticals: 3 hour per Week



Course Outline Study of various welding joints and symbols Study of Manual metal arc welding Study of Metal inert gas welding Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding Study of Submerge metal arc welding Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting Study of resistance spot welding Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing Study of Electro discharge machining.


(2010) Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding” (Volume - 1) 4 th Edition, Tata

McGraw-Hill Education

Reference books Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.


Course Code: Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II




Course Outline

Unit 1: Governors: (6 hours)Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter

40 | P a g e





governor, Proell governor, Hartnell governor, characteristics of governor- stability, Sensitivity, isochronism, Hunting controlling forces and stability, Effort and power of governor, Inertia governor

Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)Introduction, D –Alberts’s Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls, Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension.

Unit 3: Balancing: (12 hours)Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes, Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.

Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours) Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments, vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.

Text Books: Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee

Reference Books Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: Course Title: Kinematics and Dynamics Laboratory



Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : fifthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

• To study and Observe the gyroscopic effect of a rotating disc• To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a single rotating mass system• To observation of effect of unbalance in a rotating mass system• Display of various modes of whirl for a shaft with

(a) both end fixed (b) one end fix and one end free (c) both end directionally freeModes of vibration can be studied and frequency can be measured in each case

• To study the effect of varying the initial spring compression in Hartnell Governor• To study the effect of varying the mass of the center sleeve in Porter and Proell

Governor• To study the determination of characteristics curves of radius of rotation against

controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors41 | P a g e

• To verify the relation of simple pendulum• To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration• To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension• To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system• To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system• Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

Text Books: Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee

Reference Books Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME Course Title: Machine Design - I




Course Outline

Unit 1: Design consideration of Machine Parts (4+4= 8 hours) Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, , Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear, bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred numbers, Residual stresses. Fatigue Loading:Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodman’sLine, Soderberg’s line, Modified Goodman’s line.

Unit 2: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (9 hours)Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness, Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.

Unit 3: Design of Fasteners: (9 hours)

a)Design of Riveted Joints:Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.b) Welded JointsTypes of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion, shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded weldedjoints, welding symbols.

42 | P a g e

c) Miscellaneous Joints:Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn buckle.

Unit: 4 Power Screws: (4+4 hours)

Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice, Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jackLevers:General Procedure for design of levers, design of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever, design of rocker arm for exhaust valves. Unit: 5 Design of springs: (8 hours)

Classification, spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring, cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, Buckling of compression spring, Design of compression spring, design of leaf spring.

Text Books: P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal “Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009. V. B. Bhandari “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Reference Books: S. G. Kulkarni, “Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New

Delhi. Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill

International Edition. Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill. Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education. Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

SIXTH SEMESTER

Course Code: ME Course Title: Industrial Engineering operations Research

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 1Practicals: -


Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction: 2014-15Semester : SixthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit 1: : Industrial Engineering (8 hours)Taylor’s scientific management, Gilbreth’s contributions; productivity – concepts and measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work measurement – stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types

Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.Forecasting techniques – causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing, trend and seasonalityAggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing

Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)

43 | P a g e

Inventory – functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models, quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)Linear programming – problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis; transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books: N.V.S.Raju,” Industrial Engineering and Management”, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013) Hamdy A. Taha “Operations Research: An Introduction”. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012) N. D. Vohra,” Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

(2009) Sarin, R. K & Buffa, E.S, “Modern Production/Operations Management“, 8th Edition, Wiley India Pvt

Ltd (2011)

Reference Books

Chary, S. N, “Production and Operations Management”, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012) Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W.,” Production Planning and

Inventory Control”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009) J K Sharma, “Operations Research: Theory and Applications“, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013) Mertand. T Telsang, “Industrial Engineering And Production Management”, 2nd Edition, S. Chand

(2006)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: NilPracticals: 0 hour per Week



Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours) Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations.

Linear MeasurementIntroduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineer’s Steel rule; Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators; calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of commonly used linear measuring instruments

Unit 2 (10 hours)Limits Fits & TolerancesDefinition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.

Unit 3 (12 hours)44 | P a g e

http://www.flipkart.com/author/mertand-t-telsang

http://www.flipkart.com/author/j-k-sharma

http://www.flipkart.com/author/mcleavey-dennis-w

http://www.flipkart.com/author/narasimhan-setharama-l

http://www.flipkart.com/author/billington-peter-j


http://www.flipkart.com/author/n-d-vohra

http://www.flipkart.com/author/n-v-s-raju

Angular & Taper MeasurementIntroduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors, Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of taper shafts.

Screw Thread measurementIntroduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors in Threads. Gear MeasurementIntroduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear Errors. Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & ParallelismIntroduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and concentricity

Unit 4 (12 hours)Measurement of surface finishIntroduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish. InterferometryInterferometry & its applicationIntroduction to CMM

BooksText Books:

Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill Education (2009)

Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books

Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: ME Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I Laboratory




Course Outline

Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge & Tape. Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre. Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity. Measurement of surface roughness. Measurement of screw thread parameters. Measurement of gear tooth. Part Measurement with CMM. Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go – no go gauge.

45 | P a g e

Study and experiment on comparator. Study and experiment on profile projector. Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

Text Books: Metrology And Measurementby Vinay a Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill

Education (2009) Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion - I

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: -Practical:-


Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : SixthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours

Thermodynamic cycles of I.C. engines: Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual combustion cycle, air standard efficiency, four stroke cycle engines, valve timing diagrams, two stroke cycle engines, port timing diagram, spark ignition and compression ignition engines.

Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines, Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance, Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.

Unit – 2 10 hoursTypes of I. C. Engines:Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder, opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines.System of I. C. Engines:Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.

Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption, thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curves

Exhaust, smoke and other emissions: Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control

Unit – 3 14 hours Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance, Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant), common refrigerants.

46 | P a g e

Objectives and parameters of air conditioning, Psychometric properties of moist air, psychrometer, psychometric charts and tables, Basic psychometric processes and their analysis with the aid of charts and tables.

Unit – 4 08 hours

Reciprocating Air Compressor:Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.Rotary compressor:Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books:

Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006 Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007 Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004 Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002 Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992 Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006 Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002 Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004 Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion – I Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: Tutorials: -Practical:- 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : Practical : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Course Outline

List of Experiment: Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books: Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006 Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007 Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004 Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books: Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002

47 | P a g e

Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992 Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006 Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002 Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004 Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000

Course Code: ME- Course Title: Machine Design - II




Course Outline

Unit 1: Design of Pressure Vessels (7 hours)Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.

Unit 2: Design of sliding and Journal bearing (8 hours)

Method of lubrication, Hydrodynamic, Hydrostatic, boundary, etc., Minimum film thickness and thermal equilibrium, Selection of anti-friction bearings for different loads and load cycles, Design of thrust bearing, Rolling contact bearing, Ball bearing, Rolling contact bearing under variable loading, Mounting of the bearings, Method of lubrication, Selection of oil seals.

Unit 3: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone, single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes, Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.

Unit 4: Power Transmissions Elements (5 hours)Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire rope.

Unit: 4 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (16 hours) Spur Gears:Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses,Dynamic effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and FaceWidth-power rating calculations based on strength and wear considerations.Parallel axis Helical Gears:Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forcesAnd stresses. Estimating the size of the helical gears.Bevel and worm Gear:Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalentNumber of teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears.Worm Gear: Terminology, forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.Design of Gear Boxes:Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout - DesignOf sliding mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box. Unit: 5 Design of I.C Engine Components (12 hours) Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner,Cylinder head, pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.

48 | P a g e

Text Books: Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Machine Design”, – Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw- Hill Book Co. Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education. Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Design Data Handbook: PSG Design Data Handbook is permitted.

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control




Course OutlineUnit 1: (9 hours) Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism. Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours) Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.

Unit 3: (12 hours)Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids, control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders, control valves for direction , pressure and flow – air hydraulic equipments, general approach to control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit , pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.

Unit: 4 (9 hours) Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design. Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.

Text Book: J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, “Electrical machines” Tata McGraw Hill. B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, “Fundamentals of Electrical Machines”, New Age International. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control systems.” Wiley India Ltd.

Reference Books: Irvin L. Kosow, “Electric Machinery and Transformers” Prentice Hall of India. D. Roy Choudhary, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design” Tata McGraw Hill.

49 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 0 hours per WeekPracticals: 3 hours per Week



LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Fundamentals of control engineering…. Servomechanism, basic actuator and transducer used in servomechanism. This can include modeling of a servomotor, both ac and dc.

2. Study of various components of Hydraulic control system using Hydraulic Trainer

3. Study of various components of Pneumatic control system using Pneumatic Trainer

4. Basics of PID control.

5. Modeling of electromechanical device… may be a dc shunt motor (in machine lab) with speed characteristics of the motor. Transfer function and implementation in simulink…

6. Matlab session: Control System Toolbox and Simulink.

7. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems,

Text Book:

J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, “Electrical machines” Tata McGraw Hill. B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, “Fundamentals of Electrical Machines”, New Age International. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control systems.” Wiley India Ltd.


Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective – I Thermal Design of Heat Exchangers



Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hours Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit – II 14 hours Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods, Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface condensers, evaporator design.Unit – III 12 hours Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers, thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.

50 | P a g e

Unit – IV 08 hours Thermal analysis and design of furnace.


Edition,2008 Holman, J. P, “Heat Transfer”, 8th ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006 Saunders, E.A.D, Heat Exchangers, Selection, Design and Construction, Longman Scientific and

Technical N.Y., 2001 Kays, V.A. & London, A.L., Compact Heat Exchangers, Mc Graw Hill 2002

Reference Books:

Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, Hemi-sphere Publishing Corporation, Washington, 2001 Kuppan, T., Heat Exchanger Design Hand Book, Macel Decker Inc., N.Y., 2000 Seikan Ishiga, Steam Power Engineering, Thermal and Hydraulic Design Principles, Cambridge

University Press, 2001. Shah, R.K., Heat Exchangers, thermal and hydraulic design, Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2006

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective-I Non-Conventional Energy Sources




Course OutlineUnit – 1 08 hours

Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:Primary sources of energy – Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy – global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular – consumption pattern of fossil fuels – demand forecast – future trends – energy scene energy options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy sourcesBio-Gas Options:Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation, potential as alternative energy in India

Unit – II 12 hoursDirect Solar Thermal Options:Solar insolation – solar radiation – terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux – solar constant – solar instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, sunshine recorder. Principle and constructional features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in collection systems and means of minimizing.Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar refrigeration system.

Unit – III 12 hoursEnergy from Earth:Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal energy, vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation potential of geothermal energy, world over and in India.Energy from Ocean:Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energyOcean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power generation: Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations, potential for India.

51 | P a g e

Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double basin systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system, prospects of tidal energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, simple wave energy systems.

Unit – IV 10 hoursEnergy from Wind:Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy conversion machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details, design considerations, application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in general and Gujarat in particular.

Text Books: Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources – Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing,

N. Delhi, 1997 Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N.

Delhi, 2007 Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000 Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books:

Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002 Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980. Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997

Course Code: Course Title: Vibration Engineering


Evaluation Structure:Theory : .3 creditsTutorials : 0.0 creditTotal Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound Pendulum. DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.

Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration: (6 Hr)Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force. Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.

Unit 3 : Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts: (6 Hr)Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of speeds above and below critical speeds.

Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.

52 | P a g e

Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of reciprocating EnginesUnit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr) Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Euler’s equation for beams.

Unit : 6 Numerical Methods For Multi Degree Freedom Systems: (6 Hr) Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerley’s equation. Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzer’s method, Stodola method.

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson Education 5th

edition, 2007.

Reference Books Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th Edition, 2003. Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian

edition, 2007. Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International Publications,

New Delhi, 2001. Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007. Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME Course Title: Core Elective -1 Robotics




Course OutlineUnit 1: 03 hoursIntroduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution, accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio – economic aspects of robotisation

Unit 2 9 hoursRobot Grippers: - Types of Grippers , Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems. Robotic Sensors: - Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot. Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of transmission systems, Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and control of a single joint, Present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 12 hoursKinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy, kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods.

53 | P a g e

Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities, static forces, Jacobian in force domain. Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations, Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 9 hoursMachine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection, Segmentation. Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion interpolation, branching capabilities, Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of AI. Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation. Unit 5 9 HoursPrinciple of Sensors, Classification and Terminology of Sensors. Active and Passive Sensors.Optical Sensors Spectral Characteristics of sensors, Autocollimators ,Optical encoders,Fiber optic sensors, Interferometric sensors,Laser triangulation sensors, Vision systems, Photoconductors. Radiationsensors: LDR, hotovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photo emissive cells- types, materials, construction and response.Acoustic Sensors Basic acoustic measurements , Sound power measurements: sound pressure and sound intensity methods impedanceSensors based upon the principle of acoustic resonator frequency modulation .Acoustic Wave Bio Sensors ,Homogeneous Acoustic Biosensor Hybrid Acoustic Biosensor,Transmission Acoustic Biosensor.Piezoelectric materials The quartz crystal.Surface Acoustic wave Sensor.Mechanical and Electromechanical sensors Resistive (potentiometric) type: resolution, accuracy, sensitivity .Strain Gauges: theory, types, sensitivity, gauge factor, variation with temperature,. Inductive sensors: common types- reluctance change type, mutual inductance change type, transformer action type, magnetostrictive type.

Text Books: John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004 Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001. Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and

Applications, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore 2000. Shah S. K., Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2008. Mittal R. K. and Nagrath J. J. Robotics and control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

Reference Books: Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering : An Integrated

Approach , Prentice Hall India, 2002. Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New

Delhi. D. Patranabis ,Sensors and Transducers, 2 edition ,PHI

Course Code: Course Title: Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsTotal Credits : 3.0 credits


54 | P a g e

Course OutlineUnit 1: (20 hours)Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing ProcessesAdvanced Machining ProcessesIntroduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining (WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processes

Unit 2 (8 hours)Advanced Casting ProcessesMetal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative pattern casting, ceramic shell casting

Unit 3 (6 hours)Advanced Welding ProcessesDetails of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)

Unit 4 (8 hours)Advanced Metal Forming ProcessesDetails of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming, Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid prototyping.


(2010) "Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser,

Prentice Hall of India, New DelhiReference Books

"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, 4th Edition.


55 | P a g e

2.3. Batch 2013-14 Credit StructureSemester I

Course Code Course Name


Introduction to Civil Engineering 2 0 0 2Introduction to Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2Computer Programming & Utilization 3 0 4 5English Communication 2 0 2 3Mathematics – I 2 2 0 4Physics – I 2 1 0 3Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5TOTAL 16 3 12 25

Semester IIMathematics-II 2 2 0 4Chemistry 2 1 0 3Physics-II 2 1 0 3Applied Mechanics 2 1 0 3Thermodynamics 2 1 0 3Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1


Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Fluid Mechanics-I 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3Machine design I 3 0 0 3Machine design I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Mathematics - 3 3 1 0 4Introduction to Sociology 2 0 0 2


Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics II‐ 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory‐ 0 0 3 1.5Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – I 3 0 0 3Workshop Practice II 0 0 3 1.5Economics 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 14 2 9 20.5

56 | P a g e

Semester VEnvironmental Science 3 0 0 3Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Manufacturing Technology – II 3 1 0 4Manufacturing Technology – II Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – II 3 1 0 4Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – II Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design – II 3 0 0 3

HSSM Elective -1 2 0 0 2


Industrial Engineering & Operations Research

3 1 0 4

Product Measurement & Quality Control - I

3 0 0 3

Product Measurement & Quality Control - I Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3Energy Conversion - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Machine Design III 3 1 0 4Core Elective I 3 0 0 3Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 15 2 10 24

Semester VIIProduct Measurement & Quality Control - II

3 0 0 3

Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3Energy Conversion -II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Systems Control 2 0 0 2Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Core Elective II 3 0 0 3Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2BTP I 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 16 1 13 25.5

Semester VIIICore Elective III 3 0 0 3Core Elective IV 3 0 0 3Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5BTP II 0 0 10 10Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 6 0 17 21.5

2.4 Batch 2013-14 Course Outline

57 | P a g e

First Semester

Course Code: CE 101 Course Title: Introduction to Civil Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per weekTutorials: ---Practical: Nil



Course OutlineUnit - I 06 hours

Civil Engineering Materials: Traditional Materials, Mortars, concrete, metals as building materials, miscellaneous building materials

Unit – 2 06 hours

Building Construction:

Building planning, foundations, superstructures, dampness and its prevention, cost effective construction technique

Unit - 3 10 hours

Introduction to surveying, linear measurements and chain surveying, compass ,Level and levelling, , mapping and contouring, areas and volumes, remote sensing and its applications

Unit – 4 06 hours

Disaster resistant building, disaster management and planning, Indian standard code

Text Books:

1. Rangwala, Essentials of Civil Engineering, Charotar publishing house, Anand, 2012.

Reference Books:

1. S. S. Bhavikatti, Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011

Course Code: Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization


Evaluation Structure:Theory: 3.0 creditsPractical : 2.0 creditsTotal Credits : 5.0 credits



Basic concepts on operating systems, developer fundamentals such as editor, integrated programming environment, UNIX shell modules, libraries

Unit – 2 10 hours

58 | P a g e

Algorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants, variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation.

Input-output statements, statements and blocks, control statements, iterative statements, break, continue, go to and labels

Unit – 3 12 hoursDesigning structured programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions, standard library functions, recursive functions, Arrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional arrays, structure and type def.

Unit – 4 12 hours

Introduction, OOP paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data hiding, class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer variables, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete operator.

Text Books:

S. Harrington, "Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0-07-1004726. D. Rogers, J. Adams, "Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill

Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 - 07 - 048677 - 8.

Reference Books:

D. Rogers, "Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, 2001, ISBN 0 - 07 - 047371 - 4.

J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, "Computer Graphics Principles and Practice", 2ndEdition, Pearson Education, 2003, ISBN 81 - 7808 - 038 - 9.

F. Hill, "Computer Graphics: Using OpenGL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003ISBN 81 - 297 -0181 - 2.

D. Hearn, M. Baker, "Computer Graphics - C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,2002, ISBN 81 - 7808 - 794 - 4.

Course Code: EE 101 Course Title: Introduction to Electrical Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical: nil



Course OutlineUnit-1 7HoursElectrostatics: Coulomb’s law, electric fields, Gauss Theorem and its applications, potential and potential gradient, point charge and charged sphere, Capacitance: concentric spheres, parallel plates, co-axial cylinders, and parallel conductors, capacitors, capacitors in series, and parallel, capacitance with composite dielectrics, Electric field energy.

Unit-2 7HoursElectromagnetic: Ampere’s law, magnetic flux and flux density, magnetic field strength due to straight conductors and circular coil, field strength due to solenoid, magneto motive force, magnetic circuit calculations, magnetic leakage, magnetic hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, Steinmetz exponent, magnetic field energy, lifting power of a magnet. Electromagnetic induction, Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law, dynamically and statically induced emf, self and mutual inductances.

59 | P a g e

Unit-3 7Hours

Network Theorems: Kirchhoff’s current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis, Superposition, Thevinin and Reciprocity theorems, Star/ Delta transfor mations, Norton’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem.

Unit-4 7Hours

R-L-C Circuits: Alternating voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations, average and rms values, form factor, phase difference, power and power factor, purely resistive ,inductive and capacitive circuits, R -L, R-C and R-L-C series circuits, impedance and admittance, circuits in parallel, series and parallel resonance, locus diagram for series circuits.Poly-phase Circuits: Balanced two phase and three phase systems, star and mesh connections, calculations for balanced three phase networks, poly-phase vector diagram, and measurement of power in three phase circuits.

Course Code: Course Title: English Communication

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practice: 2 hours per week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 2.0 creditsPractice : 1.0 creditsTotal Credits : 3.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing Skills

Unit I Topic hours

Sub Unit

A. Aiding toLSRW

Grammar:Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,VoiceDegree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers, Common Errors in English, Abbreviations and Numerals, Punctuations and Capitalization

6

Vocabulary Enrichment:Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes & suffixes, Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,Homophones, Thematic & Functional Vocabulary, Idioms & Phrases, Proverbs, Use of Dictionary for Engineers

2

B. Listening Skills

Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning, Importance, Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening, Types, Advantages of Listening & Factors hampering Listening, Common Poor Listening Habits

2

Listening Comprehensions:Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies etc.

C. Speaking SkillsFamiliarizing with Communication Skills:Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning,Features , types & Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective communication

4

Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public, Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, DebatesSituational Conversations: Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with Subordinates

60 | P a g e

and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation, Telephonic Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes

D. Reading Skills


3Different Types of Reading – Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading, Close Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming anEffective reader, Proof reading skills

E. Writing Skills


6

Official Correspondence : - Letters Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment & Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave Applications, Job Application & Resume - Reports- Proposals- Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & TendersCreative Writing Skills: Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements,Posters & HandoutsBroschures,, Articles, Creative TitlesFunctional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote of Thanks, Ciruclars, Notices, Messages, AcknowledgementsAids to Writing Skills: Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making, Summarizing, Paraphrasing & Preci writing







Oral Presentations:Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar Presentations

2

Developing Presentability in different situations and for different purposes:- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements, appreciations, specifications etc) - through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time & Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness - making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling environment

B. Performance SkillsSkills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying Focus, Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive thinking

1

C. Professional Skills :

Organization Skills:- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/ Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management

2

61 | P a g e

Unit IV: Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language Lab

A. Phonetics


2

B. Listening Skills


2Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various nationalitiesListening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral accent.Effective Listening Techniques

C. Speaking Skills

Improving Fluency:Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.

2

D. Reading Skills


2



Using Internet:- Browsing and searching the internet- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data- Open Access Resources

3E-Modes of Communication:- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video Conferencing & Teleconferencing- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge

G. Presentation SkillsPower Point Presentation:- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,- Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies

2

H. PerformanceSkills & Supplementary Skills

Skills specific to types of Performances:- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role PlaysNote: Activities accommodated within lab hours


A book based on Indian History / reflects Indian Culture




C. Self Motivational Book

Seven Habits of Highly Effective People – Stephen Covey

D. Reading for updates Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case Studies or Project Reports

E. Classical/ Modern Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987

62 | P a g e

Literary Work

Course Code: MA 101 Course Title: Mathematics I




Course Outline

Unit – 1 16 hoursDifferentiation & Integration:Review of limits, continuity and differentiability, Mean value theorem, Maxima and Minima, Riemann integrals, fundamental theorem of calculus, Improper integrals, applications to area and volume.Unit – 2 14 hoursFunctions of Several Variables: Limits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and normals, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers. Unit – 3 10 hoursMultiple Integrals:Double integrals, triple integrals, change of variables.Unit – 4 16 hoursIntegration in Vector Fields:Scalar and vector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals and applications: tangent, normal, Green’s theorem and applications, surface area and surface integrals, divergence theorem, Stoke’s theoremText Books:

Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas’ Calculus, 11th edition, Pearson, 2012 G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison – Wesley/ Narosa, 1998.

Reference Books:

T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. E. Kreyszig Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011. 4. S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian

reprint 2010)

Course Code: ME 101 Course Title: Engineering Graphics

Course Structure:Lectures: 1 hours per WeekTutorials: --Practical: 3 hours per Week



Course Outline

63 | P a g e

Unit – 1 03 hoursIntroduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple geometrical figures. Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.Unit – 2 03 hoursOrthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids. isometric viewsUnit - 3 05 hoursDevelopment of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special curvesPlan, elevation and section of buildings Unit – 4 03 hoursIntroduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.Note: Engineering Graphics Practice: 3 hours per Week for the entire semester.Text Books:

N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing , Charotar Publishing House, 2011 K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011

Reference Books:

B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2008.

K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001. N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980. T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14 th Ed,


2001. Arunoday Kumar Engineering Graphics I and II, Tech–Max Publication, Pune.

Course Code: ME 101 Course Title: Introduction to Mechanical Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: --Practical: Nil



Course OutlineUnit – 1 08 hoursEnergy Sources and Combustion – Conventional and non-conventional energy sources – types of fuels – fossil fuel – biofuels - calorific value of fuel – its determination – Bomb calorimeter – Junkers calorimeter - minimum air required for complete combustionSteam Generators – Boilers and steam generators - definition – classification – comparison of water tube and fire tube boilers – general study of Cochran boiler, Babcock & Wilcox boiler, Lancashire boiler, locomotive boiler

Boiler mountings and accessories- their difference. Mountings such as water level indicator, pressure gauge, safety valve, fusible plug, steam stop valve, blow of cock, feed check valve. Accessories such as air preheated, economizer, superheater, feed pump

Boiler draught- classification- magnitude - natural and artificial draught – induced , balanced and forced draught – chimney height- efficiency

Internal Combustion Engines – heat engine – external combustion (EC) and internal combustion (IC) engines – classification of IC engines – Four stroke and two stroke engines – Spark ignition (SI) and

64 | P a g e

combustion ignition (CI) engines. IC engine systems – general study of fuel system, ignition system, lubrication system and cooling system.

Unit – 2 06 hours

Power Plants – thermal, nuclear, hydro-electric power plants. Various thermal plants- diesel, gas turbine, steam turbine plants. Jet propulsion and Rocket propulsion plants. Layout and general description - Terms associated with power sector – Important power plants in Gujarat and India.

Refrigeration Systems - definition and rating, refrigerator and heat pump. Refrigerants – various refrigerants- CFC, HCFC, HFC etc.- properties of refrigerants - Various refrigeration systems – air refrigeration, vapour compression refrigeration, vapour absorption refrigeration and thermo-electric refrigeration systems – their general description using flow diagrams – domestic refrigerator – ice plant

Air-conditioning Systems – applications – human comfort – desert air-cooler – general study of window air-conditioner- split air-conditioner, central air-conditioner.

Unit - 3 06 hours

Fluid Machinery – Water Pumps, Water Turbines & Air Compressors - Concept of a fluid machine.

Water pumps – classification – centrifugal pumps – reciprocating pumps – rotary pumps (gear and vane types) – submersible pumps - their components – specific speed – priming of pumps – single stage and multi stage pumps.

Water turbines – classification – Pelton turbine – Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine - impulse and reaction turbines – specific speed. Air compressors - classification – reciprocating and rotary types – centrifugal compressors – screw compressor – single stage and multistage compressors

Couplings, Clutches and Brakes:

Couplings – classification- rigid, flexible and loose couplingsClutches – function, principle of operation – friction materials – classification – cone, single plate, multiplate, centrifugal, semi-centrifugal free wheel and automatic clutchesBrakes – function, classification – mechanical, hydraulic and power – brake effectivenessUnit – 4 08 hours

Transmission of Motion and Power - Methods of drive – power transmission elements – shafting – power transmission drives - classification – belt, rope, pulley, chain, friction and gear drives – velocity ratio of toothed gears – gear trains( simple, compound and epicyclic)

Engineering Materials – properties – Ferrous metals and alloys (iron ores, pig iron, cast iron, wrought iron carbon steels, alloy steels) – Non-ferrous metals and alloys (aluminum, copper, lead, tin, zinc, magnesium, nickel and non-ferrous alloys) – other important materials such as timber, abrasives, ceramics, glass, diamond, graphite, plastics, polymers, composite materials.

Introduction to Manufacturing Processes: casting, forming, fabrication, metal removing surface finishing processes

Machine Tools - Traditional and non-traditional machine tools – cutting tools- Traditional machine tools such as lathe, drilling, shaper and milling machines, welding practice. Non-traditional machine tools such as NC, CNC etc.

65 | P a g e

Design Appreciation and Awareness – nature of design – elements and principles of design – micron and macro design – psychology of perceptions – color and its characteristics

Text Books:

R. K. Rajput, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Laxmi Pub. New Delhi, 2009 T.S. Rajan, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1996 P.S Desai & S.S Soni, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Atul Prakasam, Ahmedabad, 2004 Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, S Chand & Company,2009

Reference Books:

S. B. Mathur & S Domkundwar, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1999 W.A.J, Chapman, Workshop Technology, ELBS Low Priced Text, Edward Donald Pub. 1961 S. P. Dubey, A.A. Memon & M.K., Bhatt, A Basic Course in Mechanical Engineering, Popular Prakasan,

Surat, 2001 H. R , Kapoor,Thermal Engineering, Vols. I and II”, Tat McGraw Hill Pub., 1988 Basant Agrawal and C.M., Agrawal, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India P Ltd., 2008 Jonathan Wickert, An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering, 2009 Hajra Chaudhary, Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol I, Adia Pub. Co. Ltd., 1988. R P Arora & B K Raghunath, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Charotar Publication House

Course Code: PH 101 Course Title: Physics-I




Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hours

Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz transformations, Time dilation, Length contraction, Energy mass relation

Unit – 2 14 hours

Quantum Mechanics: Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent and ime independent Schrödinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic oscillator, scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a barrier

Unit – 3 14 hours

Solid State Physics: Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals, Bloch’s theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit – 4 06 hours

Introduction to Materials Science: Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter, Smart materials

Text Books:

66 | P a g e

H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1 st Edition, East-west Press Pvt. Ltd.-New Delhi, 2000

Reference Books:

A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009 K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009 J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1st Edition, Pearson Education,

2009 R. Resnick, Introduction to Special Relativity, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd., 2007 R. Resnick and R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2nd

Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006 S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2009 M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., 2004 William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010 Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1 st Edition, Wiley India,

2007 Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1st edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: PH 111 Physics Laboratory




Experiments based on the following:

Error analysis and accuracy of measurement. Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal



photoelectric effect) etc.

Text Books:

B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971 G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001 M. Nelkon and P. Parker, Advanced Level Physics, 7th Edition, Cbs, 2006 B.K. Mathur, Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7th Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967

67 | P a g e

SECOND SEMESTER





Experiments based on the following: Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using

universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,


rope and pulley, Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact, Determination of the value of acceleration of earth ‘g’ by Fletcher’s trolley, Determination of mass moment of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting

machinesReference Books:

K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003





Course OutlineUnit – 1 10 hoursInorganic Chemistry:Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry, magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.Unit – 2 4 hoursOrganometallics: EAN rule, metal carbonyls – synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes – synthesis and properties.

Unit – 3 15hoursStereochemistry and Spectroscopy

Aromaticity – Huckel’s rule, aromatic ions,Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers.

68 | P a g e

Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit – 4 13 hours Phase Equillibria and CatalysisPhase diagram, Gibb’s phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram, solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules. Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.

Text Books: P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011. R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990. J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991. D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,

2007.

Reference Books:

G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 1992. D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry – A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998. L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980. D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984. J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988. Michael Smith, Jerry March: March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and

Structure, 2007. G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987. Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An


Course Code: CH 111 Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory




Experiments illustrating the concepts of

1) Complexometric Reaction2) Oxidation – Reduction Reactions3) Spectrophotometer 4) Electric Potential5) Chemical Kinetics6) Organic Synthesis7) Chromatography8) Packing Fraction9) Adsorption10) Catalysis, 11) Electrolytic Conductance.

Reference Books:69 | P a g e

D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1996

V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2001.

J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003 S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,

New Delhi, 2008 P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007

Course Code: EE 103 Course Title: Electrical Technology




Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hoursD.C. Machines: Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model, generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control, efficiency and lossesUnit – 2 14 hoursTransformers: Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer, emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses, equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency, auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.Unit – 3 12 HoursInduction motor:Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test, starting, speed control.Unit – 4 16 hoursSynchronous Machines: Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance, voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.Induction MachineConstruction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books: Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books: M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Delhi, 2005. Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005. Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972.

70 | P a g e

K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Technology Laboratory


Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical : ---Total Credits : 1.5 credits



Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor. Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor. No load characteristic of DC generator Speed control of separately excited DC motor. Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer. Load test of single phase transformer. Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of three- phase

Induction Motor. Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor. 'V' and 'inverted v' curves of a synchronous motor Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

Reference Books: Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998. M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Delhi, 2005. Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005. Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972 . K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: MA 102 Course Title: Mathematics II




Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hoursLinear Algebra I:Matrices and Determinants, Systems of linear equations. Gauss elimination, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

Unit – 2 18 hours

Linear Algebra II:Vector spaces, linear transformations, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values and eigenvectors, Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

71 | P a g e

Unit – 3 14 hours Ordinary Differential Equations I:

Ordinary Differential equations of the 1st order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary Differential equations of the 2nd order, Picard’s iteration method.

Unit – 4 14 hoursOrdinary Differential Equations II:Ordinary linear differential equations of nth order. Solution of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.

Text Books: E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011. Dennis G. Zill., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, IIIrd Ed., Narosa, 2009

Reference Books: T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 9th

ED., Wiley, International students’ edition, 2009. V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-

West Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007. C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems

Computing and Modeling, 3rd Ed., Pearson, 2013. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006 Dr. Kailas K. Kanani, Dr. Gaurang V. Ghodasara, “Anton & Rorres Elementary Linear Algebra”,

Wiley India, 2012



Evaluation Structure:Theory : ----Practicaln : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Course Outline

This subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.

Carpentry Plumbing Electric Wiring Welding Facing & turning on Lathe Milling Fitting Tin smithy operations Drilling Slotting Assembling of various parts

Text Books: H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

72 | P a g e

Reference Books:

Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th Ed. Media Promoters and Publishers, 2009.

Course Code: PH Course Title: Physics - II




Course OutlineUnit-1 14 hours

Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, Conductors, Capacitors, Electrostatic fields in matter, Dielectrics, Bound charges, Electric displacement, Linear dielectrics

Uni-2 14 hours

Magnetostatics: Lorentz force law, Continuity equation, Biot-Savart law, Ampere’s law, Magnetic vector potential, Magnetostatic boundary conditions, Magnetic fields in matter, Bound currents, Auxiliary field H

Unit- 3 14 hours

Electrodynamics: Electromotive force, Faraday’s law, Inductance, Displacement current, Maxwell’s equations, Poynting vector, Electromagnetic waves, Waveguides, Simple antenna

Text Books:

D. J. Griffiths: Introduction to electrodynamics, 3rd Edition, Phi Learning, 2009Reference Books:

J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford, R.W. Christy: Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, 4 th Edition, Pearson Addison Wesley, 2009

A. Mahajan, A. Rangwala: Electricity and Magnetism, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988 E.M. Purcell: Berkeley Physics Course: Electricity and Magnetism, Volume 2, 2nd Edition, Tata

McGraw Hill, 2007 R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, M. Sands: The Feynman Lectures on Physics – Vol II, 1 st Edition, Narosa

Publishing House, 2010 B.B. Laud: Electromagnetics, 2nd Edition, New Age International (p) Ltd, New Delhi, 1987

Course Code: ME Course Title: Thermodynamics




Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hours

Basic Concepts & Definitions:

73 | P a g e

Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics – macroscopic and microscopic points of view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume – thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process – pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.

Matter–its phases, working medium/substance/agent–its definition, definition of thermodynamic equilibrium–mechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic processes and cycles on 2-property plots.

Zeroth law of thermodynamics – reproducible reference points – ideal gas temperature and ideal gas thermometer

Energy and Various Forms:

Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat – work done at the moving boundary of a simple compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions – net work done by a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function, Energy – its definitions, forms of its occurrence in various fields – mechanical, electrical, electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear, thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their equivalents.

Unit – 2 14 hours

First Law Analysis:

Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a change in state – internal energy as a thermodynamic property – heat energy as path function, perpetual motion machine of first kind, different forms of energy – enthalpy – specific heat at constant pressure and constant volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.


Unit – 3 16 hoursSecond Law Analysis:

Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines – Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law – their equivalence – perpetual motion machine of the second kind – Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle - conditions of reversibility – irreversibility –factors that render a process irreversible – concept of reversible heat transfer process – examples – Carnot reversible cycle – Carnot theorem and its consequences – definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of reversible engines

Inequality of Clausius – definition of entropy as property – temperature – entropy diagram – entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process – reversible adiabatic process – entropy principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy generation – principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.

Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability (exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem – simple engineering applications.

Unit – 4 14 hours

Properties of Pure Substances:

74 | P a g e

P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.Equation of State for Real Gases:

Ideal gas equation – Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. – Amagat isotherms – compressibility factor – compressibility chart.

Thermodynamic Relations:

Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility, specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron equation

Unit – 5 (Self Study)

Basics of Exergy analysis – Exergy analysis of a simple thermal system

Model making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance

Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems

Text Books:

Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, “Fundamental of Thermodynamics”, 6 th Ed., Wiley Student Edition, 2003

Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005 Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, “Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach”, McGraw Hill, 2nd

Revised Ed., 1997Reference Books:

Achuthan, M, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Prentice Hall India, 2002 Rao, Y.V.C., ”An Introduction to Thermodynamics”, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed.,

2004. Chattopadhyay, P., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Revised 1st Ed., Oxford University press, 2011 Zemensky, M.W., “Heat and Thermodynamics”, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997 Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., ”Heat & Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008 Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., ”Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer”, 4th Ed.,


THIRD SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

Tension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and Strain, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hooke’s Law,

75 | P a g e

and Poisson’s Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for Axial Loads and Direct Shear

Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits, and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections

Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional Members

Unit – 2 14 hours

Shear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams

Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite Beams

Unit – 3 14 hours

Analysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses, Mohr’s Circle for Plane Stress, Hooke’s Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress

Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined Loadings

Strain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano

Unit – 4 14 hours

Deflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and Load Equations, Method of Superposition

Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the ends

Columns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other Support Conditions

Text Books:

E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973. S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I)”, 3 rd Edition, CBS


Learning, 2009.

Reference Books:

76 | P a g e

S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill International, Tokyo, 1994.

R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007. G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002. S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications, 1983. J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961. E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P.Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units),

Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009. Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009. W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

77 | P a g e





Experiments:

Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron, Compression on concrete, Bending of beams, Testing on shear, Buckling of columns, Experiments on shear centre, Continuous and interconnected beams, Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections, Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:


======================





Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS

Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science Need for understanding society and description of society at various stages–agrarian,


- Family - Kinship- Religion - Education

Unit – 2 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY


- Gender

78 | P a g e

- Caste- Class - Race and Ethnicity


Unit – 3 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY

Processes of change in society:- Social change, modernization, westernization,

urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous

knowledge and impact of science and technology Issues in Development:

- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and technology

- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and technology


Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)

- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and


Suggested Readings:


Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/ Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives Mitchell, G D (1979). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press:

Mumbai Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New

Delhi Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/ World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development

http://publications.worldbank.org Abraham Francis and John Harry Morgan (1985) Modern Sociological Thought: From Comte

to Sorokin, McMillan India Limited:, Delhi. Aron, Raymond (1965-67) Main Currents in Sociological Thought, Vol. I and Vol. II, Penguin. Fletcher Ronald (1971): The Making of Sociology, Vol. I & II, Michael Joseph Ltd./Thomas

Nelson and Sons, London David Ashley and David M. Orenstein (1995): Sociological Theory- Classical Statements

(Third Edition), Allyn and Bacon, Paramount Publishing, Massachusetts. Zeitlin Irving M (1969): Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall,

New Delhi.

79 | P a g e

Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York. Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory – An analysis of Writings of

Marx, Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press. Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology –

Marx, Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress

Publishers, Moscow





Course OutlineUnit – 1 Partial Differential equations: 14 hoursFormation of PDE, linear PDE of first order (P*p+Q*q=R), non linear PDE of first order, equations of the form: f(p, q)=0, z=px+qy+f(p, q), f(z, p, q)=0, f(x, p)=f(y, p), homogeneous linear PDE with constant coefficients, Second order partial differential equations, classification in to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations, models leading to 2nd order PDEs, boundary value problems involving 2nd order PDEs and their solution by methods of separation of variables, heat, wave and Laplace equations and their solution by method of separation of variables and using Fourier series.

Unit – 2 14 hoursLaplace Transforms:Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorem Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic, Unit step and Impulse functions.Unit – 3 14 hoursNumerical Methods:Finite difference, Newton’s interpolation formulae, Lagrange’s formula, numerical integration: trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s rule. Solution of equations of one variable: Bisection method, Newton – raphson method. Solution of system of linear equations: Gauss – Seidel and Jacobi methods. Numerical solution of differential equation: Euler’s method, modified Euler method, Runge – Kutta method, finite difference methods for ordinary differential equations.

Unit – 4 14 hoursFunctions of Complex VariableLimit, continuity and derivative of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions and their applications: Harmonic, conjugate harmonic and potential functions;Linear transformations of complex domains, some special transformations, bilinear transformations, transformation by some standard functions, conformal mapping, applications of transformations and conformal mappings.

Text Books: Dennis G. Zill., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, IIIrd Ed., Narosa, 2009 E. Kreyszig., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011 C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems Computing and

Modeling, 3rd Ed., Pearson, 2013.

80 | P a g e

Reference Books: B.S. Grewal., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna, New Delhi. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., “Elementry Differential Equations”, John Wiley-2005. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., “Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems”, McGraw-Hill-2006. M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd ,India, 2005. P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.

Course Code: ME- 303 Course Title: Machine Design - I



Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2013-14Semester : thirdLevel : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit 1: Introduction to Machine Drawing (3 hours)

Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views

Types of Drawings

Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness:

Fits and Tolerance, allocation of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance table preparation Geometric tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings

Unit 2: Design consideration of Machine Parts (10 hours)

Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, , Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear, bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred numbers, Residual stresses.

Fatigue Loading:

Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodman’s

line, Soderberg’s line, Modified Goodman’s line.

Unit 3: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (10 hours)

Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness,

Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.


a)Design of Riveted Joints:

Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.

81 | P a g e

b) Welded Joints

Types of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion, shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded welded

joints, welding symbols.

c) Miscellaneous Joints:

Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn buckle.

Unit: 5 Power Screws: (10 hours)

Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice, Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jack

Levers:

General Procedure for design of levers, design of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever, design of rocker arm for exhaust valves.

Text Books:

P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal “Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009. V. B. Bhandari “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Reference Books:

S. G. Kulkarni, “Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.

Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill International Edition.

Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill. Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education. Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Course Code: ME Course Title: Machine Design – I Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 0 hours per WeekPracticals: :3 hours per Week



Course Outline

Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.a) Engine parts – cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross heads, Eccentrics.

b) Machine parts – Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.

c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock

Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding plotters and using plot styles, plotting sheets.

82 | P a g e

Prepare programs for designing and verification of Simple Machine Elements (eg. Couplings, pulleys, etc.) in C++

Prepare Autolisp program for auto-generation of simple machine elements

Text Books:

P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal “Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009. V. B. Bhandari “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. E Balagurusamy Object Oriented Programming With C++, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co AutoLISP Developer's Guide, Autodesk, Inc

Reference Books:








Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hours

Concepts & Definitions:Introduction – ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum – classification and properties of fluid. control volume, control mass, fluid element – continuum concept - Newton’s law of viscosity – Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tensionFluid at Rest:Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for incompressible and compressible fluids – Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion- linear motion- rigid body rotation. Pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement of pressure- manometry – simple, differential, inclined manometers.Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:Total pressure and centre of pressure – forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged surfaces Buoyancy and Floatation: Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies – metacentric height, oscillation of floating bodies

Unit – 2 12 hours

Fluid Kinematics:Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow – Reynolds transport theorem- substantial derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations – Types of fluid flow - Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows – one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and non-uniform flows – stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity

83 | P a g e

in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems – Equation of stream line Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvin’s circulation theorem, Irrotational flows- velocity potential – stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks, doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

Unit – 3 16 hoursFluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow – Inviscid Incompressible Flows: Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoulli’s equation – practical application of Bernoulli equation- orificemeter, venturimeter – rotameter – pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation – kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equationFlow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity potential function Laplace equation – boundary conditions – flow netPrinciples of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential and integral forms of equations – Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some basic plane potential flowsDimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude:

Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics, Buckingham’s pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance, similitude, models and scales.

Unit – 4 14 hours

Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates – measurement of viscosity – Turbulent flow through pipes – characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes, Nikuradse’s experiment, Moody’s chartLosses in Pipe FlowPipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines. Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.

Text Books:

White, F. M., “ Fluid Mechanics” McGraw Hill Pub., 3rd Ed., New York, 1994, Mohanty, A. K., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994 Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:

Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001 Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tat Mcgraw Hill P


Ltd., New Delhi, 4th ed., 2001 Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, “ Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., Wiley Student

Ed., 2006 Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Rathakrishnan, E,”Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction”, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007 Rajput, R.K., “ A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1 st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill


84 | P a g e





Course Outline

Unit -1 18 Hours

Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for engineering applications.

Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.

Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.

Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.

Unit – 2 18 Hours

Ferrous metal and its alloys

Cast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.

Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.

Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.

Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing, spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding, cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.

Unit - 3 10 Hours

Non-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.

Unit - 4 10 Hours

Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder manufacturing techniques, applications.

Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.

Text Books:

Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill Education,2011.

Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st Edition (Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010

George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997) S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy,

85 | P a g e

Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy,

Reference Books:

Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material, Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy, V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science, W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material, Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process, Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy, Rollason, Physical Metallurgy, Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy, Rabert, Tool steel, Annver, Material Science, O.P. Khanna, Material Science, William and collister Material Science and Engineering,





Experiments:

Verification of Bernoulli theorem Calibration of Pitot Static tube Minor transmission losses in pipes, Determination of friction factor of pipes, Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter, computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice, Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect. Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus Calibration of pressure gauge Friction loss in pipes

Text Books:


Reference Books:





Pub., New Delhi

86 | P a g e

FOURTH SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit – 1 11 hours

Boundary Layer Theory:Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in differential and integral forms – Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation – boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness, turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent boundary layer, boundary layer separation – control of separation Flow Around Submerged Bodies – Drag and Lift:Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluffs bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders, circulation and lift – position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder, Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit – 2 11 hours

Compressible Flow Theory:Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity, momentum and energy equation.Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible - subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gasIsentropic Flow of Ideal GasGoverning equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit – 3 11 hours

Non-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction –dynamic equation-differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow – general characteristics of normal shock – normal shock equations – Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine – Hugoniot relations, weak and strong shocks

Unit – 4 09 hours

Oblique Shock Waves – weak compression and expansion waves – compression shock wave and expansion fan – governing equation of oblique shock –

87 | P a g e

Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers – operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel Propulsion Systems – air breathing propulsion – aircraft propulsion engines – comparison of propulsion systems.

Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008 Balachandran, P., “ Fundamentals of Compressible Flow”, 2nd print, Prentice Hall India P

Ltd., New Delhi, 2007 Sukumar Pati, “A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, 1st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill


Reference Books:


Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, “Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005 Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., “ Fluid Mechanics”, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P






Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders – pressure distribution Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift Flow through nozzles and diffusers Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor Performance testing on centrifugal fan Performance testing on centrifugal blowers Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow conditions.

Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008 Balachandran, P., “ Fundamentals of Compressible Flow”, 2nd print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New



Reference Books:



Ltd., New Delhi, 4th ed., 200188 | P a g e

Shames, H., “Mechanics of Fluids”, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962 Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed., John Wiley, 1994 Rajput, R.K., “ A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006





Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of drives

Unit 2 (14 hours)Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining forces and merchant’s diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting fluid.

Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life, cutting tool materials




Unit 4 (10 hours)

Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioningBroaching: basic principle, purpose and applicationSuper finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books:

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.”Manufacturing Science”, 2nd Edition, East West Press (2010)

Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books

89 | P a g e

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, “Principles of Engineering Manufacture”, 3 rd Edition, Viva Publications

Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.






Experiments on

Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle) Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations Turning Facing Taper turning Grooving Thread cutting (internal and external) Drilling Slotting

Text Books:


Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology : Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books:


Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4th Edition.






Course Outline

Unit – 1 12 hoursBasic Concepts & Definitions:

90 | P a g e

Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms – Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income. Demand Analysis:Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand – Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and Indifference Curve Analysis. Price Determination and Market Structure:Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic Markets. Break-Even Analysis.

Unit – 2 10 hoursIndian Economy:Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service Sector to GDP, Employment. Economic Planning and Role of Government.Scio-Economic Problems in India – Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of Population. Poverty – Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line. Unemployment – Types and Causes of Unemployment.Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail. Indicators of development –Human Development Index (HDI).

Unit – 3 10 hours

Introduction to Macro Economics:Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and Output. Consumption and Saving Function. Money and Banking:Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation. Business Cycles.

Unit – 4 10 hours International Business: International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection. Foreign Investment – FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.


Text Books: Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, ‘Elementary Economic Theory’ S Chand & Co Ltd. Ahuja H. L ‘Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S


Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books: Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.

91 | P a g e

Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi. Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University

Press. Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:







Course Outline



Unit-4 15 HoursEmbedded Microcontroller and ApplicationIntroduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers ,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions, jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines

Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/ DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

92 | P a g e

Text Book: 1.Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition] A. K . Sawhney, “Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai &

co.,17th Edition. 3. M. Mazidi and others, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, PRENTICE Hall Of

India, 3rd edition

Reference Books: Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition] Morris Mano, “Digital Logic And Computer Design”, Prentice Hall Of India, 2005.






Study of Diode Characteristics, Study of BJT Characteristics, Study of FET Characteristics, Study of CE Amplifier, Study of CB Amplifier, Study of, CC Amplifier, Study of Diode Clipper Circuits, Study of Diode Clamper Circuits, Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier

Reference Books:

Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.





Course Outline

Unit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)

Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame, Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic

93 | P a g e

Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoff’s Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Hart’s mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott- Russel, Grasshoper, Robert’s mechanism, Hooke’s Joint it’s analysis, condition for equal speed of driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.

Kinematics:

Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar Mechanism

Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: (6 hours)


Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)

Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact, Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion, Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral, Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.

Cams: (6 hours)

Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical Construction of the Profile.

Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours)

Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis, Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.

Unit: 5 Gyroscope (5 hours)

Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs



Text Books:

94 | P a g e

Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

Reference Books

Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3rd Edition ,John wiley and sons. Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

FIFTH SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit 1: Governors: (6 hours)

Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter


Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)

Introduction, D –Alberts’s Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls, Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension.

Unit 3: Balancing (12 hours)

Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes, Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.

Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours)

Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional

95 | P a g e

vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments, vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee

Reference Books

Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education





Course Outline





controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors• To verify the relation of simple pendulum• To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration• To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension• To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system• To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system• Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

Text Books:


96 | P a g e

Reference Books:: Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME- 308 Course Title: Machine Design - II



Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2012-13Semester : SixLevel : B. Tech – III

Course OutlineUnit 1: Design Considerations: (3 Hours)

Manufacturing and assembly considerations, Design of components for casting, Welding, Forging, hot and cold working, machining, Welding etc. Thermal considerations, Wear considerations in design, Contact Stresses, Standardization and preferred numbers.

Unit: 2 Design of springs: (8 hours)

Classification, Spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring, Cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, Buckling of compression spring, Design of compression spring, design of leaf spring.

Unit 3: Design of Pressure Vessels (9 hours)

Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.

Unit 4: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)

Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone, single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes, Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.



Unit 6: Power Transmissions Elements (6 hours)

Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire rope.

97 | P a g e

Text Books:

Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Machine Design”, – Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books

Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw- Hill Book Co. Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education. Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan






Unit 1: Metal Forming (12 hours)


Unit 2 Sheet Metal Working (8 hours)




Unit 3 Metal Casting (11 hours)

Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme

Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its properties, molding sand composition.

Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets

Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design considerations

Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process

Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot tears, cold shut, metal penetration.

98 | P a g e

Unit 4: Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)








Text Books:


Rao, P N. “Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding” (Volume - 1) 4 th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

Reference books

Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4 th Edition.






Course Outline

Study of various welding joints and symbols Study of Manual metal arc welding Study of Metal inert gas welding Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding Study of Submerge metal arc welding Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting Study of resistance spot welding Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing Study of Electro discharge machining.

Text Books:

99 | P a g e



Reference books

Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4 th Edition.

Pearson publications (2002) Little, L. Richard.”Welding and Welding Technology” 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001) Kumar, Surender.” Technology of Metal Forming Processes”. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008) Khanna, O. P.” Foundry Technology”, 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)





Course OutlineUnit -1 Environmental Problems, waste water treatment 7 hours Unit – 2 7 hoursIndustrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water treatment.Unit – 3 7 hoursSolid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land filling.Unit – 4 7 hours AIr pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality guidelines in protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.






Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline


100 | P a g e


Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state, heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.

Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.

Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite internal and surface resistance.

Unit – 2 16 hours

Introduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced convection, Film theory and Newton’s law of cooling,




Unit – 3 12 hours

Radiation Heat Transfer:

Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation, Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Planck’s law Wien’s displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body, Kirchoff’s law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lambert’s cosine law.

Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat

101 | P a g e

exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation shields.

Unit – 4 12 hours

Heat Exchangers:

Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method, fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.

Elements of Mass Transfer:

Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Fick’s law of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures, Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.

Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley &Sons, 6 th



Reference Books:

Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., “Heat Transfer” , 2nd Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989 Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, “Heat & Mass Transfer”,2nd Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011 Goshdastidar, P. S., “Heat Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012 Rathore, M.M., “Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer”, 2nd Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006 Kumar, D. S., “Heat & Mass Transfer”, 6th revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001 Rajput, R.K, “Heat & Mass Transfer”, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010





Experiments


length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer. Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer. Determination of emissivity of a surface Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser

Text Books:

102 | P a g e




Reference Books:






OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop:

an understanding of knowledge in research understanding about various paradigms of research competence to conduct research independently capacity to of research writing ethical dimensions in research

Course Outline

Unit 1: : Designing of Research

- Research and its types- Identification and Problem formulation- Experimental research- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology

- Research aims and hypothesis- Sampling- Data collection- Tools and techniques- Reliability and validity of tools

Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation

- Data checking- Data Analysis

103 | P a g e

- Interpretation of results- Guidelines in Interpretations- Use of computer technology in analysis

Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research


References: Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd., New

Delhi Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2nd edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts. Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi. Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5th edn., Prentice Hall,

Inc., New Jersey. Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu – Method and Techniques, 2nd edn., New Age International

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private Ltd.

New Delhi.

SIXTH SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)

UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound Pendulum.

DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.

Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration (6 Hr)

Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force. Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.

Unit 3: Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts (6 Hr)104 | P a g e

Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of speeds above and below critical speeds.

Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)

Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.

Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of reciprocating Engines

Unit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr)

Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Euler’s equation for beams.

Unit: 6 Numerical Methods for Multi Degree Freedom Systems (6 Hr)

Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerley’s equation. Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzer’s method, Stodola method.

Text Books:


edition, 2007. Reference Books

Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th Edition, 2003. Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian


New Delhi, 2001. Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007. Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education






Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:Primary sources of energy – Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy – global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular – consumption pattern of fossil fuels – demand forecast – future trends – energy scene energy

105 | P a g e

options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy sourcesBio-Gas Options:Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation, potential as alternative energy in India

Unit – 2 12 hoursDirect Solar Thermal Options:Solar insolation – solar radiation – terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux – solar constant – solar instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, and sunshine recorder. Principle and constructional features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in collection systems and means of minimizing.Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar refrigeration system.

Unit – 3 12 hoursEnergy from Earth:Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal energy, vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation potential of geothermal energy, world over and in India.Energy from Ocean:Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energyOcean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power generation: Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations, potential for India.Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double basin systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system, prospects of tidal energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, and simple wave energy systems.

Unit – 4 10 hoursEnergy from Wind:Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy conversion machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details, design considerations, application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in general and Gujarat in particular.

Text Books: Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources – Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing,

N. Delhi, 1997 Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N.

Delhi, 2007 Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000 Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books: Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002 Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980. Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997





Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hours

106 | P a g e

Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit – 2 14 hours

Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods, Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface condensers, evaporator design.

Unit – 3 12 hours

Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers, thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.

Unit – 4 08 hours

Thermal analysis and design of furnace.

Text Books:




Reference Books:







Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours

107 | P a g e


Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:

Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines, Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance, Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.

Unit – 2 10 hours

Types of I. C. Engines:

Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder, opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines

System of I. C. Engines:

Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.

Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption, thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curvesExhaust, smoke and other emissions:

Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control

Unit – 3 14 hours

Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:

Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance, Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant), common refrigerants.


Unit – 4 08 hours

Reciprocating Air Compressor:Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.

Rotary compressor:Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books: Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006 Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007 Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004 Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

108 | P a g e






Course OutlineList of Experiment:

Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books:


Reference Books:






109 | P a g e

Course OutlineUnit 1: Industrial Engineering (8 hours)

Taylor’s scientific management, Gilbreth’s contributions; productivity – concepts and measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work measurement – stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types

Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)

Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.

Forecasting techniques – causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing, trend and seasonality

Aggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing

Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)

Inventory – functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models, quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)

Linear programming – problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis; transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books:

N.V.S.Raju,” Industrial Engineering and Management”, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013) Hamdy A. Taha “Operations Research: An Introduction”. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012) N. D. Vohra,” Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education


Ltd (2011)

Reference Books:

Chary, S. N, “Production and Operations Management”, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012) Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W.,” Production Planning and

Inventory Control”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009) J K Sharma, “Operations Research: Theory and Applications“, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013) Mertand. T Telsang, “Industrial Engineering And Production Management”, 2nd Edition, S. Chand

(2006)

110 | P a g e




Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2012-13Semester : FifthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit: 1 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (19 hours)

Spur Gears:

Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses, Dynamic effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and Face Width-power rating calculations based on strength and wear considerations.

Parallel axis Helical Gears:

Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forces And stresses. Estimating the size of the helical gears.

Bevel and worm Gear:

Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent Number of teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears. Worm Gear: Terminology, forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.

Design of Gear Boxes:

Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout – Design of sliding mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box.

Unit: 2 Design of I.C Engine Components (14hours)

Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner, Cylinder head, pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.

Unit 3 Design Of Material Handling Equipments: (12hours)

Introduction: material handling equipments, classification and their selection. Concept of material handling system design.

Lifting Equipments: classification and selection and design of hooks, sheaves, drums and grab buckets. Classification of cranes, construction working of different types of conveyors, feeders and elevators.

Conveying equipments: classification construction and working of different types of conveyors, feeders and elevators. Design of belt conveyors, screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors.

USE OF PSG DESIGN DATA BOOK IS PERMITTED IN EXAM

Text Books: Bhandari, V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 1994.

111 | P a g e

P.C.Sharma & D.K. Agrawal Machine Design – S.K.Kataria & Sons, 2010 Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Machine Design”, – Khanna Pub.2009 M.P. Alexandrov, “Material handling equipments”, MIR publishers. N. Rudenko, “Material handling equipments”, MIR publishers.

Reference Books: Maitra G.M., Prasad L.V., “Hand book of Mechanical Design”, II Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,1985 Spivakovskii, “Conveyors and related equipments”. MIR publishers. J.M. Apple, “Plant Layout and Material Handling”, john Wiley & sons, 1997. Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1989 Norton R.L, “Design of Machinery”, McGraw-Hill Book co, 2004. Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw- Hill Book Co.,





Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations. Linear MeasurementIntroduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineer’s Steel rule; Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators; calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of commonly used linear measuring instrumentsUnit 2 (10 hours)Limits Fits & TolerancesDefinition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.Unit 3 (12 hours)Angular & Taper MeasurementIntroduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors, Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of taper shafts.Screw Thread measurement

112 | P a g e

Introduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors in Threads. Gear MeasurementIntroduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear Errors. Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & ParallelismIntroduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and concentricityUnit 4 (12 hours)Measurement of surface finishIntroduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish. InterferometryInterferometry & its applicationIntroduction to CMM

Text Books: Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill


Reference Books Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: MECourse Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I

Laboratory




Course Outline

Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge & Tape.

Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre. Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity. Measurement of surface roughness. Measurement of screw thread parameters. Measurement of gear tooth. Part Measurement with CMM. Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go – no go gauge. Study and experiment on comparator. Study and experiment on profile projector. Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

113 | P a g e

Books

Text Books:

Metrology And Measurementby Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill Education (2009)

Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009) Reference Books

Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998





Course Outline

Unit 1: (9 hours)

Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism.

Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours)

Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.

Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.

Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.

Unit 3: (12 hours)

Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids, control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders, control valves for direction , pressure and flow – air hydraulic equipments, general approach to control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit , pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.

114 | P a g e

Unit: 4 (9 hours)

Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design. Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.

Text Book:


Reference Books:

Irvin L. Kosow, “Electric Machinery and Transformers” Prentice Hall of India. D. Roy Choudhary, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design” Tata McGraw Hill.













Text Book:


Reference Books:


115 | P a g e





Course OutlineUnit 1: (20 hours)

Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes

Advanced Machining Processes

Introduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining (WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processesUnit 2 (8 hours)

Advanced Casting ProcessesMetal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative pattern casting, ceramic shell castingUnit 3 (6 hours)

Advanced Welding Processes

Details of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)Unit 4 (8 hours)

Advanced Metal Forming Processes

Details of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming, Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid prototyping.

Text Books:


"Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

Reference Books

"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, 4th Edition.






116 | P a g e

Course Outline

Unit 1: 04 hoursIntroduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution, accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio – economic aspects of robotisation

Unit 2 12 hoursRobot Grippers:- Types of Grippers , Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems. Robotic Sensors:- Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot. Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of transmission systems, Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and control of a single joint, present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 10 hoursKinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy, kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods. Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities, static forces, Jacobian in force domain. Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations , Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 10 hoursMachine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection, Segmentation. Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion interpolation, branching capabilities, Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of AI. Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.

Text Books: John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004 K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987. Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001. Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and


Reference Books: Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering : An Integrated

Approach , Prentice Hall India, 2002. Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New

Delhi. Mataric M. J., The Robotic Primer, University Press, 2009.

117 | P a g e

118 | P a g e

2.5 Batch 2014 -15 Course Outline

2014-15 batchCourse Code Course Name


Introduction to Engineering 3 0 0 3Physics – I 2 1 0 3Mathematics – I 3 1 0 3Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5Chemistry 2 1 0 3Computer Programming & Utilization 2 0 3 3English Language 2 0 0 2Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5TOTAL 15 3 12 24

Semester IIApplied Mechanics 2 1 0 3Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Mathematics-II 3 1 0 4Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4Communications 1 0 2 2Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5Interdisciplinary Elective 1 2 0 0 2


Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Fluid Mechanics-I 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3Machine design I 3 0 0 3Machine design I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Mathematics - 3 3 1 0 4Interdisciplinary Elective 2 2 0 0 2


Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics II‐ 3 1 0 4Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory‐ 0 0 3 1.5Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – I 3 0 0 3Workshop Practice II 0 0 3 1.5Interdisciplinary Elective 3 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 14 2 9 20.5Semester V

119 | P a g e

Environmental Science 3 0 0 3Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology – II 3 1 0 4Manufacturing Technology – II Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – II 3 1 0 4Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine – II Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design – II 3 0 0 3

Interdisciplinary Elective 4 2 0 0 2


Industrial Engineering & Operations Research

3 1 0 4

Product Measurement & Quality Control - I

3 0 0 3

Product Measurement & Quality Control - I Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3Energy Conversion - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Machine Design III 3 1 0 4Core Elective I 3 0 0 3Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 15 2 10 24

Semester VIIProduct Measurement & Quality Control - II

3 0 0 3

Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3Energy Conversion -II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Systems Control 2 0 0 2Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5Core Elective II 3 0 0 3Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2BTP I 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 16 1 13 25.5

Semester VIIICore Elective III 3 0 0 3Core Elective IV 3 0 0 3Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5BTP II 0 0 10 10Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 6 0 17 21.5

120 | P a g e

2.6 Batch 2014 -15 Credit Structure

FIRST SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours

Inorganic Chemistry:

Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry, magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.

Unit – 2 4 hours

Organometallics:

EAN rule, metal carbonyls – synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes – synthesis and properties.

Unit – 3 15 hours

Stereochemistry and Spectroscopy

Aromaticity – Huckel’s rule, aromatic ions,

Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers.

Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit – 4 13 hours

Phase Equillibria and CatalysisPhase diagram, Gibb’s phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram, solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules.

Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.

Text Books:

P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011.

121 | P a g e

R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990. J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991. D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,

2007.

Reference Books:

G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 1992. D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry – A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998. L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980. D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984. J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988. Michael Smith, Jerry March: March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and

Structure, 2007. G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987. Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An


Course Code: CS 101 Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization




Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hours

Algorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants, variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation. Input-output statements, statements and blocks

Unit – 2 07 hours

Control statements, iterative statements, break, continue, go to and labels, Designing structured programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions, standard library functions, recursive functions

Unit – 3 06 hoursArrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional arrays, structure and typedef, Introduction, OOP paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data hiding,

Unit – 4 07 hours

Class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer variables, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete operator.

Text Book:

122 | P a g e

B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg: Computer science, a structured programming approach using C, Third edition, Thomson

E. Balaguruswamy, "Object Oriented Programming with C++", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi ISBN 0 - 07 - 462038 – X

References:

B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie: The C Programming Language, PHI/Pearson Education R. Lafore, "The Waite Group's Object oriented Programming in C++", 3rd Edition,Galgotia Publications,

2001, ISBN 81-7515-269-9. B. Stroustrup, "C++ Programming Language", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1997, ISBN 0 - 201 – 327554

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. To understand basic concepts computers: Operating System

2. To understand the approach for problem solving

3. To begin the step towards computer programming

Course Code: Course Title: English Language

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: ---Practical: 0 hours per week

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 2.0 creditsPractical : Total Credits : 2.0 credits


Course Outline

Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing Skills

Unit I Topic hours

Sub Unit

A. Aiding toLSRW

Grammar:

Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,Voice

Degree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers, Common Errors in English, Abbreviations and Numerals, Punctuations and Capitalization

6

Vocabulary Enrichment:

Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes & suffixes, Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,

Homophones, Thematic & Functional Vocabulary, Idioms & Phrases, Proverbs, Use of Dictionary for Engineers

2

B. Listening Skills Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning, Importance, Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening, Types, Advantages of Listening & Factors hampering Listening, Common Poor Listening Habits

2

123 | P a g e

Listening Comprehensions:

Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies etc.

C. Speaking Skills

Familiarizing with Communication Skills:

Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning,Features , types & Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective communication

4Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public, Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, Debates

Situational Conversations:

Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with Subordinates and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation, Telephonic Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes

D. Reading Skills


3Different Types of Reading – Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading, Close Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming an

Effective reader, Proof reading skills

E. Writing Skills


6

Official Correspondence :

- Letters

Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment & Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave Applications, Job Application & Resume - Reports- Proposals- Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & Tenders

Creative Writing Skills:

Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements,Posters & Handouts

Broschures,, Articles, Creative Titles

Functional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote of Thanks, Ciruclars, Notices, Messages, Acknowledgements

Aids to Writing Skills:

Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making, Summarizing, Paraphrasing & Preci writing


124 | P a g e






Oral Presentations:

Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar Presentations

2Developing Presentability in different situations and for different purposes:

- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements, appreciations, specifications etc)

- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time & Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness - making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling environment


Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying Focus, Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive thinking

1

C.

Professional Skills :

Organization Skills:

- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/ Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.

- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management

2

Unit IV Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language Lab

A. Phonetics


2

B. Listening Skills Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats 2

125 | P a g e

for developing acute listening abilities

Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various nationalities

Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral accent.

Effective Listening Techniques

C. Speaking Skills

Improving Fluency:

Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.

2

D. Reading Skills


2



Using Internet:

- Browsing and searching the internet

- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data

- Open Access Resources3

E-Modes of Communication:

- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video Conferencing & Teleconferencing

- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge


Power Point Presentation:

- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,- Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies

2

H. PerformanceSkills & Supplementary

Skills

Skills specific to types of Performances:

- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches

- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role Plays





B.An autobiography / biography of a

An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)- Param Hans

126 | P a g e

Spiritual Leader Yogananda



D. Reading for updates

Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case Studies or Project Reports

E. Classical/ Modern Literary Work


Course Code: Course Title: Introduction to Engineering

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per weekTutorials: ---Practical:Nil



Course Outline

Civil Engineering

Introduction to civil engineering, role of civil engineers, basic areas in civil engineering, Building constructions, civil engineering materials: conventional and modern materials, Substructures, superstructures, disaster resistant buildings, disaster management and planning.

Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Electrostatics: Capacitance: concentric spheres, parallel plates, co-axial cylinders, and parallel conductors, capacitors, capacitors in series, and parallel, capacitance with composite dielectrics, Electric field energy.

Electromagnetics: magnetomotive force, magnetic circuit calculations, magnetic leakage, magnetic hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, Steinmetz exponent, magnetic field energy, lifting power of a magnet. Electromagnetic induction, Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law, dynamically and statically induced emf, self and mutual inductances.

Network Theorems: Kirchoff’s current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis, Star/ Delta transformations.

R-L-C Circuits: Alternating voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations, average and RMS values, form factor, phase difference, power and power factor

Mechanical Engineering

Historical perspective; description of devices used in power production; energy storage and transmission; manufacturing and automation; new materials; future trends including interfacing with microprocessors, sensors, actuators, and virtual systems; demonstration and hands-on laboratory. Measurements and measuring tools, welding practice, machine tools, basic concepts and important definitions used in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, properties of steam, boilers and classification of boilers, steam engines, internal combustion engines, refrigeration systems.

Design Appreciation and Awareness

127 | P a g e

The nature of design, Elements and principles of design, Scale in design from micro to macro, Psychology of perception, Color and its characteristics, Materials, their quality, technical, visual and tactile, Learning from nature and other experiences and using the knowledge in design, Creative problem solving.

Books

S. S. Bhavikatti: Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011 W. H. Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly and S. M. Durbin: Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill,

2010. J. A. Edminister: Electrical circuits, 2nd Ed., Schaum’s outline series, McGraw Hill, 1994. M. A. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009 Samarjit Ghosh: Network Theory, Analysis & Synthesis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009 C. L. Wadhwa: Network Analysis & Synthesis, New Age International, 2007 Jonathan Wickert: An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering Released, 2009 Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal: Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008 certificate

Course Code: MA 101 Course Title: Mathematics I




Course Outline

Unit – 1 16 hours

Differentiation & Integration:

Review of limits, continuity and differentiability, Mean value theorem, Maxima and Minima, Riemann integrals, fundamental theorem of calculus, Improper integrals, applications to area and volume.

Unit – 2 14 hours

Functions of Several Variables:

Limits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and normals, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers.

Unit – 3 10 hours

Multiple Integrals:

Double integrals, triple integrals, change of variables.

Unit – 4 16 hours

Integration in Vector Fields:

Scalar and vector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals and applications: tangent, normal, Green’s theorem and applications, surface area and surface integrals, divergence theorem, Stoke’s theorem

128 | P a g e

Text Books:

Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas’ Calculus, 11th edition, Pearson, 2012 G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison – Wesley/ Narosa, 1998.

Reference Books:

T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011. S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian

reprint 2010)

Course Code: ME 101 Course Title: Engineering Graphics

Course Structure:Lectures: 1 hours per WeekTutorials: --Practical: 3 hours per Week



Course Outline

Unit – 1 03 hours

Introduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple geometrical figures.

Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.

Unit – 2 03 hours

Orthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids. isometric views

Unit - 3 05 hours

Development of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special curves

Plan, elevation and section of buildings

Unit – 4 03 hours

Introduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.

Note: Engineering Graphics Practice: 3 hours per Week for the entire semester.

Text Books:

N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing , Charotar Publishing House, 2011 K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011

Reference Books:

B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2008.

129 | P a g e

K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001. N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980. T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14 th Ed,


2001. Arunoday Kumar Engineering Graphics I and II, Tech–Max Publication, Pune.

Course Code: PH 101 Course Title: Physics-I





Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz transformations,

Time dilation, Length contraction, Energy mass relation

Unit – 2 14 hours

Quantum Mechanics: Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent and time independent Schrödinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic oscillator, scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a barrier

Unit – 3 14 hours

Solid State Physics: Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals, Bloch’s theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit – 4 06 hours

Introduction to Materials Science: Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter, Smart materials

Text Books:

H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1 st Edition, East-west Press Pvt. Ltd.-New Delhi, 2000

Reference Books:

A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009 K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009 J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1st Edition, Pearson Education,

2009 R. Resnick, Introduction to Special Relativity, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd., 2007 R. Resnick and R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2nd

Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006 S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2009

130 | P a g e

M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2004

William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010 Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1 st Edition, Wiley India,

2007 Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1st edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: PH 111 Physics Laboratory





Error analysis and accuracy of measurement. Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal



photoelectric effect) etc.

Text Books:

B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971 G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001 M. Nelkon and P. Parker, Advanced Level Physics, 7th Edition, Cbs, 2006 B.K. Mathur, Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7th Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967

Course Code: CH 111 Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory




Experiments on the following:1) Complexometric Reaction

2) Oxidation – Reduction Reactions

3) Spectrophotometer

4) Electric Potential

5) Chemical Kinetics

6) Organic Synthesis

7) Chromatography

8) Packing Fraction

9) Adsorption

10) Catalysis,

11) Electrolytic Conductance.

Reference Books:131 | P a g e

1. D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1996

2. V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2001.

3. J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003 4. S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,

New Delhi, 20085. P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007.

SECOND SEMESTER



Evaluation Structure:Theory : ---Practical :1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits



Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,


rope and pulley, Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact, Determination of the value of acceleration of earth ‘g’ by Fletcher’s trolley, Determination of mass movement of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting

machines

Reference Books:

K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003

Course Code: Course Title: Applied Mechanics

Course Structure:Lectures: 2 hours per WeekTutorials: 1 hour per WeekPractical:-

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 3.0 creditsPractical : --Total Credits : 3.0 credits

Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2012-13Semester : Second

Level : B. Tech – I

Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours

Statics of Particles: -Forces in a Plane: Force on a Particle. Resultant of Two Forces, Vectors, Addition of Vectors, Resultant of Several Concurrent Forces, Resolution of a Force into Components, Rectangular Components of a Force. Equilibrium of a Particle, Free-Body Diagrams. Forces in Space: Rectangular Components of a Force in Space, Equilibrium of a Particle in Space

132 | P a g e

Rigid Bodies: Equivalent system of forces; Principle of Transmissibility. Equivalent Forces, Vector Moment of a Force about a Point, Varignon’s Theorem, Rectangular Components of the Moment of a Force, Moment of a Force about a Given Axis, Moment of a Couple, Equivalent Couples ,Addition of Couples, Resolution of a Given Force into a Force at O and a Couple, Equivalent Systems of Forces

Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Free-Body Diagram , Equilibrium in Two Dimensions: Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Two-Dimensional Structure, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Two Dimensions, Equilibrium in Three Dimensions, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Three Dimensions, Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Three-Dimensional Structure

Unit – 2 10 hours

Distributed Forces: Centroids and centers of Gravity: Areas and Lines:Center of Gravity of a Two-Dimensional Body, Centroids of Areas and Lines, First Moments of Areas and Lines, Composite Plates and Wires, Determination of Centroids by Integration,Theorems of PappusGuldinus, Distributed Loads on Beams, Forces on Submerged SurfacesVolumes: Center of Gravity of a Three-Dimensional Body,Centroid of a Volume, CompositeBodies, Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration

Analysis of Structures: Trusses

Definition of a Truss, Simple Trusses, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Joints, Joints under Special Loading Conditions, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Sections, Trusses Made of Several Simple Trusses

Distributed Forces: Moment of Inertia: Moments of Inertia of Areas: Second Moment, or Moment of Inertia, of an Area, Determination of the Moment of Inertia of an Area by Integration, Polar Moment of Inertia, Radius of Gyration of an Area, Parallel-Axis Theorem, Moments of Inertia of Composite Areas, Product of Inertia, Principal Axes and Principal Moments of Inertia, Mohr’s Circle for Moments and Products of Inertia

Unit – 3 10 hours

Friction: Introduction, the Laws of Dry Friction. Coefficients of Friction, Angles of Friction, Problems Involving Dry Friction, Wedges, Square-Threaded Screws, Journal Bearings.AxleFriction,Thrust Bearings. Disk Friction, Wheel Friction. Rolling Resistance, Belt Friction

Method of Virtual work: Work of a Force, Principle of Virtual Work, Applications of the Principle of Virtual Work, Real Machines. Mechanical Efficiency, Work of a Force during a Finite Displacement, Potential Energy, Potential Energy and Equilibrium, Stability of Equilibrium

Unit – 4 12 hours

Kinematics of Particles: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of Particles, Curvilinear Motion of Particles: Position Vector, Velocity, and Acceleration, Derivatives of Vector Functions, Rectangular Components of Velocity and Acceleration,Kinetics of Particles: Newton’s second law, Kinetics of particles: energy and momentum methods, Systems of particles

Kinematics of rigid bodies, Plane motion of rigid bodies: forces and accelerations, Plane Motion of rigid bodies: energy and momentum methods, Kinetics of rigid bodies in three dimensions:

Text Books:

F.P. Beer, E. R. Jhonston, D. F. Mazurek, P. Cornwell and E. Eisenberg: Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, 9th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.

133 | P a g e

J L Meriam and L. G. Kraige: Engineering Mechanics Statics, Volume 1, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2006.

J L Meriam and Kraige: Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

Reference Books:

I H Shames: Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 4th Ed., Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.

Stephen Timoshenko, J V Rao, D H Young, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006.

R. C. Hibbeler, Ashok Gupta Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 11th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009

Veenu Kumar, K. L. Kumar, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010. Jacob P. DenHartog, Mechanics, Dover Publications, 1961. M.S. Sivakumar, Stephen Crandall, Thomas Lardner, Norman Dahl, an Introduction to Mechanics of

Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

Course Code: Course Title: Communication

Course Structure:Lectures: 1 hours per WeekTutorials: 0hour per WeekPractical: 2 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:Theory: 1.0 creditsPractical: 1.0 creditsTotal Credit: 2 credits

Page : 1 of 2Year of introduction: 2014-15Semester : SecondLevel : B. Tech – I

Course Outline





Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened with Soft Skills,

A.Presentation Skills Oral Presentations:

Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar Presentations

2Developing Presentability in different situations and for different purposes:

- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements, appreciations, specifications etc)

- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time & Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness - making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling environment

134 | P a g e


Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying Focus, Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive thinking

1

C.

Professional Skills :

Organization Skills:

- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/ Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.

- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management

2

Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language Lab

A. Phonetics


2

B. Listening Skills


2

Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various nationalities

Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral accent.

Effective Listening Techniques

C. Speaking Skills

Improving Fluency:

Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.

2

D. Reading Skills


2



Using Internet:

- Browsing and searching the internet

- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data

- Open Access Resources

3

E-Modes of Communication:

135 | P a g e

- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video Conferencing & Teleconferencing

- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge


Power Point Presentation:

- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,- Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies

2

H. PerformanceSkills & Supplementary

Skills

Skills specific to types of Performances:

- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches

- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role Plays


Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)







D. Reading for updates

Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case Studies or Project Reports

E. Classical/ Modern Literary Work


Course Code: EE Course Title: Electrical Engineering


Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPractical : -Total Credits : 4.0


Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hours

D.C. Machines:

136 | P a g e

Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model, generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control, efficiency and losses.

Unit – 2 14 hours

Transformers:

Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer, emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses, equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency, auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.

Unit – 3 12 HoursInduction motor:

Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test, starting, speed control.

Unit – 4 16 hours

Synchronous Machines:

Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance, voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.

Induction Machine

Construction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books:

Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books:

M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors Delhi, 2005.

Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005. Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972. K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Engineering Laboratory




137 | P a g e

Experiments based on the following: Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor. Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor. No load characteristic of DC generator Speed control of separately excited DC motor. Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer. Load test of single phase transformer. Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of

three- phase Induction Motor. Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor. ‘V’ and ‘inverted v’ curves of a synchronous motor Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

Reference Books:

Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003. B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005 P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998. M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Delhi, 2005. Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005. Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005. Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972. K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: Course Title: Mathematics II





Linear Algebra I:

Matrices and Determinants, linear transformations. Systems of linear equations. Gauss elimination, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

Unit – 2 12 hours

Linear Algebra II:

Vector spaces, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values and eigenvectors, Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

Unit – 3 16 hours Ordinary Differential Equations I:

Ordinary Differential equations of the 1st order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary Differential equations of the 2nd order, variation of parameters, Picard’s iteration method. Unit – 4 16 hours

138 | P a g e

Ordinary Differential Equations II:

Ordinary linear differential equations of nth order. Solution of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.

Text Books:

E. Kreyszig Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011.

Reference Books:

T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007. W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 9 th ED.,

Wiley, International students’ edition, 2009. V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-West

Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.

Course Code: ME 102 Course Title: Thermodynamics






Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics – macroscopic and microscopic points of view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume – thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process – pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.

Matter–its phases, working medium/substance/agent–its definition, definition of thermodynamic equilibrium–mechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic processes and cycles on 2-property plots.

Zeroth law of thermodynamics – reproducible reference points – ideal gas temperature and ideal gas thermometer

Energy and Various Forms:

Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat – work done at the moving boundary of a simple compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions – net work done by a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function, Energy – its definitions, forms of its occurrence in various fields – mechanical, electrical, electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear, thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their equivalents.

Unit – 2 14 hours

First Law Analysis:

Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a change in state – internal energy as a thermodynamic property – heat energy as path function, perpetual motion machine of first kind, different forms of energy – enthalpy – specific heat at constant pressure and constant volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.

139 | P a g e


Unit – 3 16 hoursSecond Law Analysis:

Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines – Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law – their equivalence – perpetual motion machine of the second kind – Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle - conditions of reversibility – irreversibility –factors that render a process irreversible – concept of reversible heat transfer process – examples – Carnot reversible cycle – Carnot theorem and its consequences – definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of reversible engines

Inequality of Clausius – definition of entropy as property – temperature – entropy diagram – entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process – reversible adiabatic process – entropy principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy generation – principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.

Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability (exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem – simple engineering applications.

Unit – 4 14 hours

Properties of Pure Substances:

P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.Equation of State for Real Gases:

Ideal gas equation – Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. – Amagat isotherms – compressibility factor – compressibility chart.

Thermodynamic Relations:

Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility, specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron equation


Basics of Exergy analysis – Exergy analysis of a simple thermal system

Model making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance

Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems

Text Books:

Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, “Fundamental of Thermodynamics”, 6th Ed., Wiley Student Edition, 2003

Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005 Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, “Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Revised

Ed., 1997

140 | P a g e

Reference Books:

Achuthan, M, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Prentice Hall India, 2002 Rao, Y.V.C.,”An Introduction to Thermodynamics”, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed., 2004. Chattopadhyay, P., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Revised 1st Ed., Oxford University press, 2011 Zemensky, M.W., “Heat and Thermodynamics”, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997 Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., ”Heat & Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008 Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., ”Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer”, 4 th Ed.,




Evaluation Structure:Theory : ----Practical : 1.5 creditsTotal Credits : 1.5 credits


Course OutlineThis subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.

Carpentry Plumbing Electric Wiring Welding Facing & turning on Lathe Milling Fitting Tin smithy operations Drilling Slotting Assembling of various parts

Text Books:

H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.Reference Books:

Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th Ed. Media Promoters and Publishers 2009.

THIRD SEMESTER





Course Outline

141 | P a g e

Unit -1 14 hours

Tension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and Strain, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hooke’s Law, and Poisson’s Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for Axial Loads and Direct Shear

Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits, and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections

Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional Members

Unit – 2 14 hours

Shear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams

Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite Beams

Unit – 3 14 hoursAnalysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses, Mohr’s Circle for Plane Stress, Hooke’s Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress

Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined Loadings

Strain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano

Unit – 4 14 hours

Deflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and Load Equations, Method of Superposition

Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the ends

Columns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other Support Conditions

Text Books: E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973. S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I)”, 3 rd Edition, CBS


Learning, 2009.

Reference Books:

142 | P a g e

S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill International, Tokyo, 1994.

R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007. G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002. S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications,

1983. J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961. E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P. Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI

Units), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009. Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009. W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.





Experiments:

Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron, Compression on concrete, Bending of beams, Testing on shear, Buckling of columns, Experiments on shear centre, Continuous and interconnected beams, Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections, Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:






Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS

Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science Need for understanding society and description of society at various stages–agrarian,


- Family - Kinship- Religion

143 | P a g e

- Education

Unit – 2 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY


- Gender- Caste- Class - Race and Ethnicity


Unit – 3 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY

Processes of change in society:- Social change, modernization, westernization,

urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous

knowledge and impact of science and technology Issues in Development:

- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and technology

- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and technology


Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)

- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and


Suggested Readings:


Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/ Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives Mitchell, G D (1979 ). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press: Mumbai Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New Delhi Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/ World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development

http://publications.worldbank.org Zeitlin Irving M (1969).: Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall, New

Delhi. Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York.

144 | P a g e

Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory – An analysis of Writings of Marx, Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press.

Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology – Marx, Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications

Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress Publishers,

Moscow





Course OutlineUnit – 1 Partial Differential equations: 14 hoursFormation of PDE, linear PDE of first order (P*p+Q*q=R), non linear PDE of first order, equations of the form: f(p, q)=0, z=px+qy+f(p, q), f(z, p, q)=0, f(x, p)=f(y, p), homogeneous linear PDE with constant coefficients, Second order partial differential equations, classification in to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations, models leading to 2nd order PDEs, boundary value problems involving 2nd order PDEs and their solution by methods of separation of variables, heat, wave and Laplace equations and their solution by method of separation of variables and using Fourier series.

Unit – 2 14 hoursLaplace Transforms:Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, shifting theorem Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic, Unit step and Impulse functions.Unit – 3 14 hoursNumerical Methods:Finite difference, Newton’s interpolation formulae, Lagrange’s formula, numerical integration: trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s rule. Solution of equations of one variable: Bisection method, Newton – raphson method. Solution of system of linear equations: Gauss – Seidel and Jacobi methods. Numerical solution of differential equation: Euler’s method, modified Euler method, Runge – Kutta method, finite difference methods for ordinary differential equations.

Unit – 4 14 hoursFunctions of Complex VariableLimit continuity and derivative of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions and their applications: Harmonic, conjugate harmonic and potential functions;Linear transformations of complex domains, some special transformations, bilinear transformations, transformation by some standard functions, conformal mapping, applications of transformations and conformal mappings.

Text Books: Dennis G. Zill., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, IIIrd Ed., Narosa, 2009 E. Kreyszig., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Ed., Wiley India, 2011 C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems

Computing and Modeling, 3rd Ed., Pearson, 2013.

145 | P a g e

Reference Books: B.S. Grewal., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna, New Delhi. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., “Elementry Differential Equations”, John Wiley-2005. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., “Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems”, McGraw-Hill-

2006. M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd,

India, 2005. P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.





Course Outline

Unit 1: Introduction to Machine drawing (3 hours)

Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views

Types of Drawings

Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness:

Fits and Tolerance, allocation of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance table preparation Geometric tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings

Unit 2: Design consideration of Machine Parts (10 hours)

Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, , Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear, bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred numbers, Residual stresses.

Fatigue Loading:Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodman’sLine, Soderberg’s line, Modified Goodman’s line.

Unit 3: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (10 hours)

Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness, Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.


146 | P a g e

a) Design of Riveted Joints:Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.b) Welded JointsTypes of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion, shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded welded joints, welding symbols.c) Miscellaneous Joints:Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn buckle.

Unit: 5 Power Screws: (10 hours)

Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice, Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jackLevers:General Procedure for design of levers, designs of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever, design of rocker arm for exhaust valves.

Text Books:

P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal “Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009. V. B. Bhandari “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Reference Books:




Course Code: ME Course Title: Machine Design – I Laboratory

Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per WeekTutorials: 0 hours per WeekPracticals: :3 hours per Week



Course Outline Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.

a) Engine parts – cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross heads, Eccentrics.

b) Machine parts – Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.

c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock

Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding plotters and using plot styles, plotting sheets.

147 | P a g e

Prepare programs for designing and verification of Simple Machine Elements (eg. Couplings, pulleys, etc.) in C++

Prepare Autolisp program for auto-generation of simple machine elementsText Books:

P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal “ Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009. V. B. Bhandari “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. E Balagurusamy Object Oriented Programming With C++, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co AutoLISP Developer's Guide, Autodesk, Inc

Reference Books:








Course Outline

Unit – 1 14 hoursConcepts & Definitions:Introduction – ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum – classification and properties of fluid. control volume, control mass, fluid element – continuum concept - Newton’s law of viscosity – Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tensionFluid at Rest:Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for incompressible and compressible fluids – Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion- linear motion- rigid body rotation. pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement of pressure- manometry – simple, differential, inclined manometers.Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:Total pressure and centre of pressure – forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged surfaces Buoyancy and Floatation: Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies – metacentric height, oscillation of floating bodies

Unit – 2 12 hoursFluid Kinematics:Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow – Reynolds transport theorem- substantial derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations – Types of fluid flow - Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows – one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and non-uniform flows – stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems – Equation of stream line Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvin’s circulation theorem, Irrotational flows- velocity potential – stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks, doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

148 | P a g e

Unit – 3 16 hoursFluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow – Inviscid Incompressible Flows: Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoulli’s equation – practical application of Bernoulli equation- orificemeter, venturimeter – rotameter – pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation – kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equationFlow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity potential function Laplace equation – boundary conditions – flow netPrinciples of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential and integral forms of equations – Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some basic plane potential flowsDimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude:

Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics, Buckingham’s pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance, similitude, models and scales.

Unit – 4 14 hours Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates – measurement of viscosity – Turbulent flow through pipes – characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes, Nikuradse’s experiment, Moody’s chartLosses in Pipe FlowPipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines. Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.

Text Books:


Reference Books:







Course Structure:Lectures: 4 hours per WeekTutorials: ---

Evaluation Structure:Theory : 4.0 creditsPractical : ---

Page : 1 of 1Year of Introduction : 2013-14Semester : First

149 | P a g e

Practical: --- Total Credits : 4.0 credits Level : B. Tech – II

Course Outline

Unit -1 18 Hours

Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for engineering applications.

Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.

Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.

Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.

Unit – 2 18 Hours

Ferrous metal and its alloys

Cast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.

Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.

Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.

Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing, spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding, cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.

Unit - 3 10 Hours

Non-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.

Unit - 4 10 Hours

Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder manufacturing techniques, applications.

Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.

Text Books:

Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2011.

Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st Edition (Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010

George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997) S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy, Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy,

Reference Books:

Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material,

150 | P a g e

Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy, V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science, W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material, Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process, Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy, V. Raghvan, Metallurgy for Engineers, Bava, Metallurgy for Engineers, Rollason, Physical Metallurgy, Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy, Rabert, Tool steel, Annver, Material Science, O.P. Khanna, Material Science, William and collister Material Science and Engineering,





Experiments: Verification of Bernoulli theorem Calibration of Pitot Static tube Minor transmission losses in pipes, Determination of friction factor of pipes, Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter, computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice, Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect. Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus Calibration of pressure gauge Friction loss in pipes

Text Books:


Reference Books:





Pub., New Delhi

FOURTH SEMESTER

151 | P a g e





Course Outline

Unit – 1 11 hours

Boundary Layer Theory:Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in differential and integral forms – Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation – boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness, turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent boundary layer, boundary layer separation – control of separation Flow Around Submerged Bodies – Drag and Lift:Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluffs bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders, circulation and lift – position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder, Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit – 2 11 hours

Compressible Flow Theory:Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity, momentum and energy equation.Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible - subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gasIsentropic Flow of Ideal GasGoverning equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit – 3 11 hours

Non-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction –dynamic equation-differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow – general characteristics of normal shock – normal shock equations – Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine – Hugoniot relations, weak and strong shocks

Unit – 4 09 hours

Oblique Shock Waves – weak compression and expansion waves – compression shock wave and expansion fan – governing equation of oblique shock – Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers – operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel

152 | P a g e

Propulsion Systems – air breathing propulsion – aircraft propulsion engines – comparison of propulsion systems.

Text Books:




Reference Books:








Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders – pressure distribution Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift Flow through nozzles and diffusers Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor Performance testing on centrifugal fan Performance testing on centrifugal blowers Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow conditions.

Text Books:




Reference Books:




153 | P a g e





Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of drives

Unit 2 (14 hours)Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining forces and merchant’s diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting fluid.

Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life, cutting tool materials




Unit 4 (10 hours)

Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioningBroaching: basic principle, purpose and applicationSuper finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books:



Reference Books:


Sharma, P. C.”A Textbook of Production Engineering”, 7th Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008) Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, 4th Edition.


154 | P a g e





Experiments on

Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle) Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations Turning Facing Taper turning Grooving Thread cutting (internal and external) Drilling Slotting

Text Books:



Reference Books:

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin. “Principles of Engineering Manufacture” , 3 rd Edition, Viva Publications









Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms – Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income.

Demand Analysis:

Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand – Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and Indifference Curve Analysis.

155 | P a g e

Price Determination and Market Structure:

Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic Markets. Break-Even Analysis.

Unit – 2 10 hours

Indian Economy:

Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service Sector to GDP, Employment. Economic Planning and Role of Government.Scio-Economic Problems in India – Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of Population. Poverty – Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line. Unemployment – Types and Causes of Unemployment.Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail. Indicators of development –Human Development Index (HDI).

Unit – 3 10 hoursIntroduction to Macro Economics:

Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and Output. Consumption and Saving Function. Money and Banking:Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation. Business Cycles.

Unit – 4 10 hours

International Business: International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection. Foreign Investment – FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.


Text Books:

Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, ‘Elementary Economic Theory’ S Chand & Co Ltd. Ahuja H. L ‘Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S


Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.

Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi. Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.

156 | P a g e

Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University Press.

Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:







Course Outline



Unit-4 15 Hours

Embedded Microcontroller and ApplicationIntroduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers ,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions, jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines

Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language

157 | P a g e

Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/ DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

Text Book: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition] A. K. Sawhney, “Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai & co.,

17th Edition. M. Mazidi and others, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, PRENTICE Hall Of India,

3rd edition

Reference Books: Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition] Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.






Study of Diode Characteristics, Study of BJT Characteristics, Study of FET Characteristics, Study of CE Amplifier, Study of CB Amplifier, Study of, CC Amplifier, Study of Diode Clipper Circuits, Study of Diode Clamper Circuits, Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier

Reference Books: Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.





Course OutlineUnit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)

Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame, Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoff’s Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and

158 | P a g e

approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Hart’s mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott- Russel, Grasshoper, Robert’s mechanism, Hooke’s Joint it’s analysis, condition for equal speed of driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.

Kinematics:

Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar Mechanism

Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: ( 6 hours)


Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)

Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact, Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion, Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral, Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.

Cams: (6 hours)

Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical Construction of the Profile.

Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours)

Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis, Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.

Unit : 5 Gyroscope (5 hours)

Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs



Text Books:

Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

159 | P a g e

Reference Books:

Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3rd Edition ,John wiley and sons. Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

FIFTH SEMESTER





Course OutlineUnit 1: Governors: (6 hours)

Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter


Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)

Introduction, D –Alberts’s Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls, Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension.

Unit 3: Balancing (12 hours)

Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes, Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.

Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours)

Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments, vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi

160 | P a g e

Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., RoorkeeReference Books:

Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education





Course Outline





controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors• To verify the relation of simple pendulum• To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration• To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension• To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system• To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system• To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system• Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

Text Books:


Reference Books:

Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York

161 | P a g e

Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME- 308 Course Title: Machine Design - II



Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2012-13Semester : SixLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Design Considerations: (3 Hours)

Manufacturing and assembly considerations, Design of components for casting, Welding, Forging, hot and cold working, machining, Welding etc. Thermal considerations, Wear considerations in design, Contact Stresses, Standardization and preferred numbers.

Unit: 2 Design of springs: (8 hours)

Classification, spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring, cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, buckling of compression spring, Design of compression spring, design of leaf spring.

Unit 3: Design of Pressure Vessels (9 hours)

Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.

Unit 4: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)

Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone, single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes, Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.



Unit 6: Power Transmissions Elements (6 hours)

Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire rope.

Text Books:

Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Machine Design”, – Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books:

162 | P a g e

Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw- Hill Book Co. Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education. Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan






Unit 1:

Metal forming (12 hours)


Unit 2

Sheet Metal working (8 hours)




Unit 3

Metal casting (11 hours) Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme

Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its properties, molding sand composition.

Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets

Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design considerations

Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process

Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot tears, cold shut, metal penetration.

Unit 4:Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)



163 | P a g e






Text Books:



Reference books:







Course Outline

Study of various welding joints and symbols Study of Manual metal arc welding Study of Metal inert gas welding Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding Study of Submerge metal arc welding Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting Study of resistance spot welding Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing Study of Electro discharge machining.

Text Books:



Reference books164 | P a g e







Course Outline

Unit -1 Environmental Problems, waste water treatment 7 hours

Unit – 2 7 hours

Industrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water treatment.

Unit – 3 7 hours

Solid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land filling.

Unit – 4 7 hours

AIr pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality guidelines in protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.






Page : 1 of 2Year of Introduction : 2014-15Semester : FirstLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline


165 | P a g e


Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state, heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.

Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.

Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite internal and surface resistance.

Unit – 2 16 hours

Introduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced convection, Film theory and Newton’s law of cooling,




Unit – 3 12 hours

Radiation Heat Transfer:

Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation, Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Planck’s law Wien’s

166 | P a g e

displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body, Kirchoff’s law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lambert’s cosine law.

Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation shields.

Unit – 4 12 hours

Heat Exchangers:

Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method, fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.

Elements of Mass Transfer:

Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Fick’s law of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures, Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.

Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley &Sons, 6th Edition,2008

Holman, J. P, “Heat Transfer”, 8th ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006 Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer”, 4th ed., New Age International


Reference Books:






Experiments


length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer. Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer.

167 | P a g e

Determination of emissivity of a surface Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser

Text Books:




Reference Books:






OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop:

an understanding of knowledge in research understanding about various paradigms of research competence to conduct research independently capacity to of research writing ethical dimensions in research

Course OutlineUnit 1: Designing of Research

- Research and its types- Identification and Problem formulation- Experimental research- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology

- Research aims and hypothesis- Sampling- Data collection- Tools and techniques- Reliability and validity of tools

168 | P a g e

Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation

- Data checking- Data Analysis- Interpretation of results- Guidelines in Interpretations- Use of computer technology in analysis

Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research


References: Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd., New

Delhi Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2nd edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts. Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi. Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5th edn., Prentice Hall,

Inc., New Jersey. Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu – Method and Techniques, 2nd edn., New Age International

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private Ltd.

New Delhi.

SIXTH SEMESTER





Course Outline

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)

UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound Pendulum.

DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.

Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration: (6 Hr)

169 | P a g e

Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force. Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.

Unit 3: Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts: (6 Hr)

Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of speeds above and below critical speeds.

Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)

Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.

Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of reciprocating Engines

Unit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr)

Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Euler’s equation for beams.

Unit: 6 Numerical Methods for Multi Degree Freedom Systems (6 Hr)

Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerley’s equation. Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzer’s method, Stodola method.

Text Books:


edition, 2007. Reference Books:

Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th Edition, 2003 Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian


New Delhi, 2001. Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007 Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992. Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education





170 | P a g e


Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:

Primary sources of energy – Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy – global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular – consumption pattern of fossil fuels – demand forecast – future trends – energy scene energy options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy sources

Bio-Gas Options:

Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation, potential as alternative energy in India

Unit – 2 12 hoursDirect Solar Thermal Options:Solar insolation – solar radiation – terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux – solar constant – solar instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, sunshine recorder. Principle and constructional features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in collection systems and means of minimizing.Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar refrigeration system.

Unit – 3 12 hours

Energy from Earth:

Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal energy, vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation potential of geothermal energy, world over and in India.

Energy from Ocean:

Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energy

Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power generation: Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations, potential for India.

Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double basin systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system, prospects of tidal energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, and simple wave energy systems.

Unit – 4 10 hours

Energy from Wind:

Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy conversion machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details, design considerations, application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in general and Gujarat in particular.

Text Books:

171 | P a g e

Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources – Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing, N. Delhi, 1997

Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N. Delhi, 2007

Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000 Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books:

Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002 Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980. Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997





Course Outline

Unit – 1 08 hours

Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit – 2 14 hours

Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods, Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface condensers, evaporator design.

Unit – 3 12 hours

Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers, thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.

Unit – 4 08 hours

Thermal analysis and design of furnace.

Text Books:




172 | P a g e

Reference Books:







Course Outline

Unit – 1 10 hours


Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:

Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines, Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance, Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.

Unit – 2 10 hours

Types of I. C. Engines:

Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder, opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines

.System of I. C. Engines:

Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.

Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:

Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption, thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curves

Exhaust, smoke and other emissions:

Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control

173 | P a g e

Unit – 3 14 hours

Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:

Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance, Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant), common refrigerants.


Unit – 4 08 hours

Reciprocating Air Compressor:Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.

Rotary compressor:Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books:


Reference Books:






Course OutlineList of Experiment:

Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel

174 | P a g e

Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books:


Reference Books:






Course Outline

Unit 1: Industrial Engineering (8 hours)Taylor’s scientific management, Gilbreth’s contributions; productivity – concepts and measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work measurement – stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types

Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.Forecasting techniques – causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing, trend and seasonalityAggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing

Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)Inventory – functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models, quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)Linear programming – problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis; transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and

175 | P a g e

CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books: N.V.S.Raju,” Industrial Engineering and Management”, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013) Hamdy A. Taha “Operations Research: An Introduction”. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012) N. D. Vohra,” Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education


Ltd (2011)

Reference Books: Chary, S. N, “Production and Operations Management”, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012) Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W.,” Production Planning and

Inventory Control”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009) J K Sharma, “Operations Research: Theory and Applications“, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013) Mertand. T Telsang, “Industrial Engineering and Production Management”, 2nd Edition, S. Chand

(2006)




Page : 1 of 2Academic Year : 2012-13Semester : FifthLevel : B. Tech – III

Course Outline

Unit: 1 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (19 hours)

Spur Gears:

Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses, Dynamic effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and Face Width-power rating calculations based on strength and wear considerations.

Parallel axis Helical Gears:

Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forces And stresses. Estimating the size of the helical gears.

Bevel and worm Gear:

Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent Number of teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears. Worm Gear: Terminology, forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.

Design of Gear Boxes:

Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout – Design of sliding mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box.

Unit: 2 Design of I.C Engine Components (14hours)

Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner, Cylinder head, pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.

176 | P a g e

Unit 3 Design Of Material Handling Equipments: (12hours)

Introduction: material handling equipments, classification and their selection. Concept of material handling system design.

Lifting Equipments: classification and selection and design of hooks, sheaves, drums and grab buckets. Classification of cranes, construction working of different types of conveyors, feeders and elevators.

Conveying equipments: classification construction and working of different types of conveyors, feeders and elevators. Design of belt conveyors, screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors.

USE OF PSG DESIGN DATA BOOK IS PERMITTED IN EXAM

Text Books: Bhandari, V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 1994. P.C.Sharma & D.K. Agrawal Machine Design – S.K.Kataria & Sons, 2010 Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Machine Design”, – Khanna Pub.2009 M.P. Alexandrov, “Material handling equipments”, MIR publishers. N. Rudenko, “Material handling equipments”, MIR publishers.

Reference Books: Maitra G.M., Prasad L.V., “Hand book of Mechanical Design”, II Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,1985 Spivakovskii, “Conveyors and related equipments”. MIR publishers. J.M. Apple, “Plant Layout and Material Handling”, john Wiley & sons, 1997. Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill International Editions,

1989 Norton R.L, “Design of Machinery”, McGraw-Hill Book co, 2004. Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw- Hill Book Co.,





Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations. Linear MeasurementIntroduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineer’s Steel rule; Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators; calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of commonly used linear measuring instrumentsUnit 2 Limits Fits & Tolerances (10 hours)

177 | P a g e

Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.

Unit 3 Angular & Taper Measurement (12 hours)Introduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors, Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of taper shafts.Screw Thread measurementIntroduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors in Threads. Gear MeasurementIntroduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear Errors. Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & ParallelismIntroduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and concentricityUnit 4 (12 hours)Measurement of surface finishIntroduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish. InterferometryInterferometry & its applicationIntroduction to CMMBooksText Books:

Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill Education (2009)

Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books: Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: MECourse Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I

Laboratory




178 | P a g e

Course Outline Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge & Tape. Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre. Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity. Measurement of surface roughness. Measurement of screw thread parameters. Measurement of gear tooth. Part Measurement with CMM. Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go – no go gauge. Study and experiment on comparator. Study and experiment on profile projector. Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

Text Books: Metrology And Measurementby Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill


Reference Books: Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010 Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill. Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008) Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998





Course Outline

Unit 1: (9 hours)Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism. Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours)Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.

Unit 3: (12 hours)Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids, control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders,

179 | P a g e

control valves for direction , pressure and flow – air hydraulic equipments, general approach to control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit , pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.

Unit: 4 (9 hours) Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design. Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.Text Book: J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, “Electrical machines” Tata McGraw Hill. B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, “Fundamentals of Electrical Machines”, New Age International. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control systems.” Wiley India Ltd.














Text Book:

J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, “Electrical machines” Tata McGraw Hill. B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, “Fundamentals of Electrical Machines”, New Age International. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall of India. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control systems.” Wiley India Ltd.Reference Books:


180 | P a g e


Course Structure:Lectures: 3 hours per Week



Course OutlineUnit 1 (20 hours)

Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes

Advanced Machining Processes

Introduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining (WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processesUnit 2 (8 hours)

Advanced Casting ProcessesMetal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative pattern casting, ceramic shell castingUnit 3 (6 hours)Advanced Welding ProcessesDetails of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)

Unit 4 (8 hours)Advanced Metal Forming ProcessesDetails of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming, Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid prototyping.


(2010) "Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser,

Prentice Hall of India, New DelhiReference Books:

"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.”Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. 4 th Edition.






Course OutlineUnit 1 04 hoursIntroduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution, accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio – economic aspects of robotisation

181 | P a g e

Unit 2 12 hoursRobot Grippers: - Types of Grippers, Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems. Robotic Sensors:- Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot. Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of transmission systems, Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and control of a single joint, present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 10 hoursKinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy, kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods. Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities, static forces, Jacobian in force domain. Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations, Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 10 hoursMachine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection, Segmentation. Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion interpolation, branching capabilities, Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of AI. Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.

Text Books: John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004 K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987. Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001. Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and


Reference Books: Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering: An Integrated Approach ,

Prentice Hall India, 2002. Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New

Delhi. Mataric M. J., The Robotic Primer, University Press, 2009.

182 | P a g e

appendix 1 revised updated 21.5.14

Documents

engineering course structure

credit structure semester

physics laboratory0031

course outline

chemistry laboratory0031

semester course code

civil engineering introduction

course title